10-K 1 a12-1412_110k.htm 10-K

Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


 

FORM 10-K

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File No. 001-34096

 


 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

  NEW YORK   

11-2934195

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

 2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK 

   11932   

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share

 

The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

 

(Title of Class)
None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) of this chapter is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer x   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o   No x

 

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2011, was $134,103,707.

 

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on March 6, 2012 was 8,474,176.

 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:

 

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2012 (Part III).

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1

 

Business

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A

 

Risk Factors

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1B

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2

 

Properties

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3

 

Legal Proceedings

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6

 

Selected Financial Data

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7A

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9A

 

Controls and Procedures

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9B

 

Other Information

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11

 

Executive Compensation

 

78

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

81

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”) is a registered bank holding company for The Bridgehampton National Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank was established in 1910 as a national banking association and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization; under which the former shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of the Company. Since commencing business in March 1989, after the reorganization, the Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”) as an operating subsidiary. The assets transferred to BCI are viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank which is a broker of title insurance services. In October 2009, the Company formed Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II (the “Trust”) as a subsidiary, which sold $16.0 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors.

 

The Bank operates twenty branches on eastern Long Island. Federally chartered in 1910, the Bank was founded by local farmers and merchants. For a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in this market area. The mission of the Company is to grow through the provision of exceptional service to its customers, its employees, and the community. The Company strives to achieve excellence in financial performance and build long term shareholder value. The Bank engages in full service commercial and consumer banking business, including accepting time, savings and demand deposits from the consumers, businesses and local municipalities surrounding its branch offices. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, are invested primarily in: (1) commercial real estate loans; (2) home equity loans; (3) construction loans; (4) residential mortgage loans; (5) secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans; (6) FHLB, FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations; (7) New York State and local municipal obligations; and (8) U.S government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the CDARS program, providing up to $50.0 million of FDIC insurance to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit card processing, automated teller machines, cash management services, lockbox processing, online banking services, remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, individual retirement accounts and investment services through Bridge Investment Services, offering a full range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank acts as a broker for title insurance services. The Bank’s customer base is comprised principally of small businesses, municipal relationships and consumer relationships.

 

The Bank employs 227 people on a full-time and part-time basis. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers its relationship with its employees to be positive. In addition, the Company has an equity incentive plan under which it may issue shares of the common stock of the Company.

 

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost of regulatory compliance remains high for community banks as compared to their larger competitors that are able to achieve economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market areas may limit growth and profitability.  Additionally, as the Bank’s market area expands westward, competitive pressure in new markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of real estate and mortgage transactions.

 

The Bank’s principal market area is located in Suffolk County, New York. Suffolk County is located on the eastern portion of Long Island and has a population of approximately 1.5 million. Eastern Long Island is semi-rural. Surrounded by water and including the Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide. While the local economy flourishes in the summer months as a result of the influx of tourists and second homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in the economy. Industries represented in the marketplace include retail establishments; construction and trades; restaurants and bars; lodging and recreation; professional entities; real estate; health services; passenger transportation and agricultural and related businesses. During the last decade, the Long Island wine industry has grown with an increasing number of new wineries and vineyards locating in the region each year. The vast majority of businesses are considered small businesses employing fewer than ten full-time employees. In recent years, more national chains have opened retail stores within the villages on the north and south forks of the island. Major employers in the region include the municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.

 

 

 

Page -1-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Since 2007, the Bank has opened eight new branches. In 2007, the Bank opened three new branches located in the Village of Southampton, Cutchogue, and Wading River. In April 2009, the Bank opened a new branch in Shirley, New York, and in December 2009, the Bank opened a new full service branch facility in the Village of East Hampton. During 2010, the Bank opened three new branches; Center Moriches in May, Patchogue in September and Deer Park in October. In November 2010, the Bank relocated its branch at 26 Park Place, East Hampton, New York to 55 Main Street, East Hampton, New York. The recent branch openings move the Bank geographically westward and demonstrate its commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion. In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”) which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to its core operating system. Management spent considerable time ensuring the transition progressed smoothly for HSB’s former customers and shareholders. Management has demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy. In September 2011, the Bank obtained OCC approval for its 21st branch in Ronkonkoma, New York. This location’s proximity to MacArthur Airport complements the Patchogue branch and extends the Bank’s reach into the Bohemia market. Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships.

 

The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. We believe positive outcomes in the future will result from the expansion of our geographic footprint, investments in infrastructure and technology and continued focus on placing our customers first. Plans for 2012 include a new internet banking platform and mobile banking products.

 

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries with the exception of the real estate investment trust, which files its own federal and state income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gains or losses. The Bank is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations based on certain criteria. The taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

The Bridgehampton National Bank

 

The Bank is a national bank organized under the laws of the United States of America. The lending, investment, and other business operations of the Bank are governed by federal law and regulations and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and to a lesser extent by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as its deposit insurer as well as by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). A summary of the primary laws and regulations that govern the operations of the Bank are set forth below.

 

Loans and Investments

 

There are no restrictions on the type of loans a national bank can originate and/or purchase. However, OCC regulations govern the Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a national bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account. Under OCC regulations, a national bank may invest in investment securities, which is generally defined as securities in the form of a note, bond or debenture. The OCC classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a national bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. The OCC has also permitted national banks to purchase certain noninvestment grade securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

 

Lending Standards

 

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.

 

 

 

Page -2-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Federal Deposit Insurance

 

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000. In addition, certain non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. An institution’s rate depends upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Assessment rates, as adjusted, previously ranged from seven to 77.5 basis points of assessable deposits. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.  In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 5 basis points on all banks based on their total assets less tier one capital as of June 30, 2009.  The special assessment was payable on September 30, 2009. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $0.4 million related to the FDIC special assessment. On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. The Company’s prepayment of FDIC assessments for 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $3.8 million which will be amortized to expense over three years. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed by the President. Section 331(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base which assessment fees are determined. The new definition for the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution, rather than deposits. A reduction in the assessment rate was anticipated since the assessment base will increase for most institutions. The new methodology became effective on April 1, 2011 and the Company recorded a reduction in its FDIC assessment fees of $0.4 million during 2011 compared to 2010. The new financial reform legislation created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase the cost of operations. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2011, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points of average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

 

Capitalization

 

Under OCC regulations, all national banks are required to comply with minimum capital requirements. For an institution determined by the OCC to not be anticipating or experiencing significant growth and to be, in general, a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Ranking System established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, the minimum capital leverage requirement is a ratio of Tier I capital to total assets of 3%. For all other institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4%. Tier I capital is the sum of common shareholders’ equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

 

The OCC regulations require national banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio.” Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk. For example, under the OCC’s risk-weighting system, cash and securities backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government are given a 0% risk weight, loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties generally have a 50% risk weight, and commercial loans have a risk weighting of 100%.

 

National banks, such as the Bank, must maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at least one-half must be Tier I capital. Total capital consists of Tier I capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier I capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

 

 

 

Page -3-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

The OCC, along with the other federal banking agencies, has adopted a regulation providing that the agencies will take into account the exposure of a bank’s capital and economic value to changes in interest rate risk in assessing a bank’s capital adequacy. The OCC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in appropriate cases upon a determination that an institution’s capital level is, or is likely to become, inadequate in light of the particular circumstances.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

 

On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a rulemaking to implement Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act that prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

The OCC may order national banks which have insufficient capital to take corrective actions. For example, a bank which is categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to growth limitations and would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A “significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. National banks deemed by the OCC to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

Dividends

 

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the Company. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted Regulation W, which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior Federal Reserve Board interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

 

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the OCC has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by an association with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by an association from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

 

A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an insider) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests,

 

 

 

Page -4-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectibility. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

 

Examinations and Assessments

 

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the OCC. Federal regulations generally require annual on-site examinations for all depository institutions and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the OCC to fund its supervision.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC in connection with its examination of the Bank, to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, the Bank was rated “satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 gave the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if the Bank engages in a merger or other acquisition, our controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has adopted consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similarly to those of the OCC for the Bank. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. That will eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments from Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities, that are currently includable for bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $15 billion as of December 31, 2009 are grandfathered.

 

The policy of the Federal Reserve Board is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the issuance of implementing regulations.

 

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution.

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that

 

 

 

Page -5-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

are closely related to banking as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

 

Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.

 

A bank holding company is required to receive prior Federal Reserve Board approval of the redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. Such approval is not required for a bank holding company that meets certain qualitative criteria.

 

These regulatory authorities have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions that they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound banking practices. Enforcement actions may include the appointment of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease and desist order, the termination of deposit insurance, the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties, and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions. Any change in laws and regulations, whether by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and stockholders. Additional information on regulatory requirements is set forth in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

The Company had nominal results of operations for 2011, 2010, and 2009 on a parent-only basis.  On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering. In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program. On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $5.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. In 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security and the TPS shares are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the company at par any time after September 30, 2014. In April 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved and adopted a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and raised $6.3 million in capital. During 2008, the Company received approval and began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income. The Bank also generates non interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income.

 

The Company files certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the federal securities laws. The Company’s operations are also subject to extensive regulation by other federal, state and local governmental authorities and it is subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of the Bank’s website of www.bridgenb.com, copies of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) for 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov. Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.

 

 

 

Page -6-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The concentration of our loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in eastern Long Island could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate values in this area decline.

 

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on eastern Long Island. The local economic conditions on eastern Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, while we have a significant amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority of which are owner-occupied, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

 

Changes in interest rates could affect our profitability.

 

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense that the Bank pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits. The Bank’s profitability depends on its ability to manage its assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.

 

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of funds is expected to increase more rapidly than interest earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.

 

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates. Under those circumstances, the Bank would not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on those prepaid loans or in investment securities. In addition, the majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.

 

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of our securities portfolio.  Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2011, our securities portfolio totaled $610.6 million.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

 

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

 

The Bank’s market area is located in Suffolk County on eastern Long Island and its customer base is mainly located in the towns of East Hampton, Southampton, Southold and Riverhead. In 2009, the Bank expanded its market areas to include a branch in Shirley, New York located in the town of Brookhaven. In 2010, the Bank continued to expand westward to Center Moriches and Patchogue, New York located in the town of Brookhaven, New York and Deer Park, New York located within the town of Babylon. Competition in the banking and financial services industry remains intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank competes with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer. Furthermore, the high cost of living on the twin forks of eastern Long Island creates increased competition for the recruitment and retention of qualified staff.

 

Our future success depends on the success and growth of The Bridgehampton National Bank.

 

Our primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank. Therefore, our future profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary.  The continued and successful implementation of our growth strategy will require, among other things, that we increase our market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in our market area.  In addition, our ability to successfully grow will depend on several factors, including favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in our market area, and our ability to maintain high asset quality.  While we believe we have the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and we may not be successful in continuing our

 

 

 

Page -7-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

growth strategy.  In addition, continued growth requires that we incur additional expenses, including salaries and occupancy expense related to new branches and related support staff.  Many of these increased expenses are considered fixed expenses.  Unless we can successfully continue our growth, our results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased costs.  Finally, our growth is also affected by the seasonality of our markets in Eastern Long Island, including the Hamptons and North Fork, a region that is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale world-wide.  This seasonality results in more economic activity in the summer months and decrease activity in the off season, which can adversely impact the consistency and sustainability of growth.

 

The loss of key personnel could impair our future success.

 

Our future success depends in part on the continued service of our executive officers, other key management, as well as our staff, and on our ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of our key personnel or our inability to timely recruit replacements for such personnel, or to otherwise attract, motivate, or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We operate in a highly regulated environment.

 

The Bank and Company are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board and the SEC. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the consumer rather than for the protection of shareholders. Recently regulators have intensified their focus on the USA PATRIOT Act’s anti-money laundering and Bank Secrecy Act compliance requirements. In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area as well as other areas of the Bank’s operations, we have been required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures, and systems we have in place are effective and there is no assurance that in every instance we are in full compliance with these requirements. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of an institution. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, may have a material impact on our operations.

 

We may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions.

 

The national and global economic downturn that began in 2007 has resulted in unprecedented levels of financial market volatility which depressed the market value of financial institutions, limited access to capital and/or had a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of banking companies. Since 2008, significant declines in the values of mortgage-backed securities and derivative securities of financial institutions, government sponsored entities, and major commercial and investment banks has led to decreased confidence in financial markets among borrowers, lenders, and depositors, as well as disruption and extreme volatility in the capital and credit markets and the failure of some entities in the financial sector. As a result, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers. While financial markets appear to be stabilizing, and there are a few positive signs of economic recovery, including increased local real estate activity, economic uncertainty remains. Unemployment rates are high and consumer confidence is low. While the timing of an economic recovery remains unknown, this may have an adverse affect on our financial condition and results of operations.  Turbulence in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

 

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

 

Our customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, we may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance through charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income.

 

Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may require us to increase our provision for credit losses or loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or financial condition.

 

The trust preferred securities that we issued have rights that are senior to those of our common shareholders. The conversion of the trust preferred securities into shares of our common stock could result in dilution of your investment.

 

In October 2009 we issued $16 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities from a special purpose trust, and we issued an identical amount of junior subordinated debentures to this trust.  Payments of the principal and interest on the trust preferred

 

 

 

Page -8-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

securities are conditionally guaranteed by us. Further, the accompanying junior subordinated debentures that we issued to the trust are senior to our shares of common stock. As a result, we must make payments on the junior subordinated debentures before any dividends can be paid on our common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, the obligations with respect to the junior subordinated debentures must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on our common stock. We have the right to defer distributions on the junior subordinated debentures (and the related trust preferred securities) for up to five years, during which time no dividends may be paid on our common stock.

 

In addition, each $1,000 in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities currently is convertible, at the option of the holder, into 32.2581 shares of our common stock.  The conversion of these securities into shares of our common stock would dilute the ownership interests of purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our cost of operations.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) is significantly changing the bank regulatory structure and is affecting the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

 

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term effect on us. For example, a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could increase our interest expense.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators.  The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.

 

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the many yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.

 

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate payment. Headquarters are located at 2200 Montauk Highway, Bridgehampton, New York 11932. The Bank’s internet address is www.bridgenb.com.

 

All of the Bank’s properties are located in Suffolk County, New York. The Bank’s Main Office in Bridgehampton is owned. The Bank also owns buildings that house its Montauk Branch located at 1 The Plaza, Montauk; its Southold Branch located at 54790 Main Road,

 

 

 

Page -9-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Southold; its Westhampton Beach Office at 194 Mill Road, Westhampton Beach; its Southampton Village Branch located at 150 Hampton Road, Southampton; and its East Hampton Village Branch located at 8 Gingerbread Lane, East Hampton. The Bank currently leases out a portion of the Montauk building and the Westhampton Beach building. The Bank leases thirteen additional properties in Suffolk County on Long Island as branch locations at 15 Frowein Road, Center Moriches; 32845 Main Road, Cutchogue; 410 Commack Road, Deer Park; 55 Main Street, East Hampton; 218 Front Street, Greenport; 48 East Montauk Highway, Hampton Bays; Mattituck Plaza, Main Road, Mattituck; 41 East Main Street, Patchogue; 2 Bay Street, Sag Harbor; 425 County Road 39A, Southampton; 243 Windmill Lane, Southampton; 6324 Route 25A, Wading River and 630 Montauk Highway, Shirley. Additionally, the Bank utilizes space for a branch in the retirement community, Peconic Landing at 1500 Brecknock Road, Greenport. The Bank currently subleases a portion of the leased property located in Patchogue. In 2011, the Bank purchased real estate in the Town of Southold which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Registrant and its subsidiary are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management at the present time, the resolution of any pending or threatened litigation will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol, “BDGE”.  The following table details the quarterly high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.

 

At December 31, 2011 the Company had approximately 788 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.

 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

 

 

Stock Prices

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends
Declared

 

By Quarter 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

$

25.94

 

$

20.94

 

$

0.23

 

Second

 

$

22.68

 

$

20.73

 

$

 

Third

 

$

22.19

 

$

17.77

 

$

0.23

 

Fourth

 

$

20.79

 

$

17.51

 

$

0.23

 

 

 

 

Stock Prices

 

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Dividends
Declared

 

By Quarter 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

$

26.05

 

$

21.30

 

$

0.23

 

Second

 

$

27.11

 

$

20.33

 

$

0.23

 

Third

 

$

26.50

 

$

21.57

 

$

0.23

 

Fourth

 

$

26.19

 

$

23.25

 

$

0.23

 

 

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $6.1 million in 2011 and $5.8 million in 2010. During the second quarter of 2011, the Board revised its policy of dividend declaration to the month following the end of the quarter. This change in policy resulted in the declaration of the second quarter dividend in July 2011. The ratio of dividends per share to net income per share was 44.35% in 2011 compared to 63.42% in 2010.

 

 

 

Page -10-

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company.   Under the New York Business Corporation Law, the Company may pay dividends on its outstanding shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend.  Under federal banking law, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board and the Office Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) may be required in certain circumstances prior to the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank.  A national bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the OCC, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend.  At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $28.7 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company.  The OCC also has the authority to prohibit a national bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.  In addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

 

The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the Federal Reserve Board’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

In April 2009, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved and adopted a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. In April 2010, the Company increased the discount from 3% to 5%, and raised the quarterly optional cash purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the DRP Plan for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $4.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and raised $6.3 million in capital. On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of $5.8 million in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank. In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program. On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

 

 

 

Page -11-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by SNL Financial L.C. from December 31, 2006 through December 31, 2011. The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends in additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Period Ended

 

Index

 

12/31/06

 

12/31/07

 

12/31/08

 

12/31/09

 

12/31/10

 

12/31/11

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

100.00

 

105.14

 

83.80

 

113.24

 

120.53

 

100.51

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

100.00

 

110.66

 

66.42

 

96.54

 

114.06

 

113.16

 

SNL Bank $500M-$1B

 

100.00

 

72.84

 

60.42

 

43.31

 

49.09

 

44.77

 

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006 which approved the repurchase of 309,000 shares. No shares have been purchased during the year ended December 31, 2011. The total number of shares purchased as part of the publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2011. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2011. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2011.

 

 

 

Page -12-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Five-Year Summary of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

 

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

Selected Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

$

441,439

 

$

323,539

 

$

306,112

 

$

310,695

 

$

187,384

 

Securities, restricted

 

1,660

 

1,284

 

1,205

 

3,800

 

2,387

 

Securities held to maturity

 

169,153

 

147,965

 

77,424

 

43,444

 

5,836

 

Loans held for sale

 

2,300

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investment

 

612,143

 

504,060

 

448,038

 

429,683

 

375,236

 

Total assets

 

1,337,458

 

1,028,456

 

897,257

 

839,059

 

607,424

 

Total deposits

 

1,188,185

 

916,993

 

793,538

 

659,085

 

508,909

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

106,987

 

65,720

 

61,855

 

56,139

 

51,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

50,426

 

$

44,899

 

$

43,368

 

$

39,620

 

$

35,864

 

Total interest expense

 

7,616

 

7,740

 

7,815

 

9,489

 

10,437

 

Net interest income

 

42,810

 

37,159

 

35,553

 

30,131

 

25,427

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

2,000

 

600

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

38,910

 

33,659

 

31,403

 

28,131

 

24,827

 

Total non interest income

 

6,949

 

7,433

 

6,174

 

6,064

 

5,678

 

Total non interest expense

 

30,837

 

27,879

 

24,765

 

21,157

 

18,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

15,022

 

13,213

 

12,812

 

13,038

 

12,337

 

Income tax expense

 

4,663

 

4,047

 

4,049

 

4,288

 

4,043

 

Net income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

$

8,750

 

$

8,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

14.37

%

15.29

%

15.58

%

16.29

%

17.47

%

Return on average assets

 

0.88

%

0.95

%

1.06

%

1.24

%

1.38

%

Average equity to average assets

 

6.11

%

6.18

%

6.80

%

7.62

%

7.91

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

44.35

%

63.42

%

65.43

%

64.74

%

67.67

%

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.36

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.42

 

$

1.36

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.69

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.92

 

 

 

 

 

Page -13-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

 

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”).  Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, assumptions and expectations of management of the Company.  Words such as “expects,”  “believes,”  “should,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “will,” “potential,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “predict,” “project,” “would,” “estimated,” “assumes,” “likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.  Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or anticipated revenue, and results of operations and business of the Company, including earnings growth; revenue growth in retail banking lending and other areas; origination volume in the consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future capital management programs; non-interest income levels, including fees from the title abstract subsidiary and banking services as well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies.  For this presentation, the Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.

 

Factors that could cause future results to vary from current management expectations include, but are not limited to, changing economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies; rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities; changes in interest rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demands for loan products; demand for financial services; competition; changes in the quality and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines, changes in real estate values; a failure to realize or an unexpected delay in realizing, the growth opportunities and cost savings anticipated from the Hamptons State Bank merger; an unexpected increase in operating costs, customer losses and business disruptions following the Hamptons State Bank merger; expanded regulatory requirements as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report, factors set forth under Item 1A., Risk Factors, and in quarterly and other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, and the Company assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Who We Are and How We Generate Income

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation, is a single bank holding company formed in 1989. On a parent-only basis, the Company has had minimal results of operations. The Company is dependent on dividends from its wholly owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (“the Bank”), its own earnings, additional capital raised, and borrowings as sources of funds. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is mainly the difference between interest income on loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank also generates non interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts and the related discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation.

 

Year and Quarterly Highlights

 

·                                           Net income of $3.0 million and $0.42 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2011 compared to $2.4 million or $0.38 per diluted share for the fourth quarter 2010. Net income of $10.4 million and $1.54 per diluted share, including $0.5 million in acquisition costs, net of tax, associated with the HSB merger, which closed on May 27, 2011. Net income for 2010 was $9.2 million and $1.45 per diluted share.

 

·                                           Returns on average assets and equity for 2011 including $0.5 million in acquisition costs, net of tax, were 0.88% and 14.37%, respectively.

 

·                                           Net interest income increased to $42.8 million for 2011 compared to $37.2 million in 2010.

 

·                                           Net interest margin was 3.97% for 2011 and 4.22% for 2010.

 

·                                           Total assets of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $0.3 billion or 30.0% over the same date last year.

 

 

 

Page -14-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

·                                           Total loans held for investments of $612.1 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of 21.4% from December 31, 2010.  Loans held for sale were $2.3 million at December 31, 2011.

 

·                                           Total investments of $612.3 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of 29.5% over December 31, 2010.

 

·                                           Total deposits of $1.2 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $271.2 million or 29.6% over 2010 level.

 

·                                           Allowance for loan losses, which was calculated on the loans originated by Bridgehampton (total loans excluding $31.9 million of HSB acquired loans), was 1.87% as of December 31, 2011, compared to 1.69% at December 31, 2010.

 

·                                           The Company’s capital levels increased compared to prior year with a Tier 1 Capital to quarterly average assets ratio of 9.3% as compared to 7.9% as of 2010. Stockholders’ equity totaled $107.0 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $41.3 million from December 31, 2010 as a result of the capital raised through common stock offerings, the HSB transaction and the DRIP, as well as continued earnings growth, net of dividends.

 

·                                           A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared in January 2012 for the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

Significant Events

 

On February 8, 2011, the Company announced a definitive merger agreement under which the Bank would acquire HSB. The HSB transaction closed on May 27, 2011 resulting in the addition of total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $68.9 million, with loans of $38.9 million, investment securities of $24.2 million and deposits of $56.9 million. The transaction augments the Bank’s franchise in eastern Long Island and the combined entity serves customers through a network of 20 branches.

 

Under the terms of the Agreement, each share of Hamptons State Bank common stock was converted into 0.3434 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company issued approximately 273,500 shares, with an aggregate value of $5.85 million and recorded goodwill of $2.0 million.

 

In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011, the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under the program. On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

 

Current Environment

 

On February 27, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective April 1, 2009, to change the way that the FDIC’s assessment system differentiates for risk and to set new assessment rates beginning with the second quarter of 2009. In May 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule to impose an emergency special assessment of 5 basis points on all banks based on their total assets less tier one capital as of June 30, 2009.  The special assessment was payable on September 30, 2009. During the second quarter of 2009, the Company recorded an expense of $0.4 million related to the FDIC special assessment. In November 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The FDIC also adopted a uniform 3 basis point increase in assessment rates effective on January 1, 2011. The Company’s prepayment of FDIC assessments for 2010, 2011 and 2012 was made on December 31, 2009 totaling $3.8 million which will be amortized to expense over three years.

 

On April 13, 2010, the FDIC approved an interim rule that extends the Transaction Account Guarantee Program which offers unlimited deposit insurance on non-interest bearing accounts until December 31, 2012.

 

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed by the President. The Act permanently raised the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000. Section 331(b) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act required the FDIC to change the definition of the assessment base from which assessment fees are determined. The new definition for the assessment base is the average consolidated total assets of the insured depository institution less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution. The new methodology became effective on April 1, 2011 and the Company recorded a reduction in its FDIC assessment fees of $0.4 million in 2011. The financial reform legislation, among other things, created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new regulations that are expected to increase the cost of operations. Refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for more detailed information related to this new regulation.

 

On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+.   On August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. Instruments of this nature are key assets on the balance sheets

 

 

 

Page -15-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

of financial institutions, including the Bank.  These downgrades could adversely affect the market value of such instruments, and could adversely impact the Company’s ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affecting the pricing of that funding when it is available. We cannot predict if, when or how these changes to the credit ratings will affect economic conditions.

 

Opportunities and Challenges

 

Since the second half of 2007 and continuing through 2010, the financial markets experienced significant volatility resulting from the continued fallout of sub-prime lending and the global liquidity crises. A multitude of government initiatives along with eight rate cuts by the Federal Reserve totaling 500 basis points have been designed to improve liquidity for the distressed financial markets. The ultimate objective of these efforts has been to help the beleaguered consumer, and reduce the potential surge of residential mortgage loan foreclosures and stabilize the banking system. As a result the yield on loans and investment securities has declined. The squeeze between declining asset yields and more slowly declining liability pricing has impacted margins.  Effective as of February 19, 2010, the Federal Reserve increased the discount rate 50 basis points to 0.75%. The Federal Reserve stated that this rate change was intended to normalize their lending facility and to step away from emergency lending to banks. From April 2010 through January 2012 the Federal Reserve decided to maintain the federal funds target rate between 0 and 25 basis points due to a continued national depressed housing market and tight credit markets.

 

Growth and service strategies have the potential to offset the tighter net interest margin with volume as the customer base grows through expanding the Bank’s footprint, while maintaining and developing existing relationships. Since 2007, the Bank has opened eight new branches. In 2007, the Bank opened three new branches located in the Village of Southampton, Cutchogue, and Wading River. In April 2009, the Bank opened a new branch in Shirley, New York, and in December 2009, the Bank opened a new full service branch facility in the Village of East Hampton. During 2010, the Bank opened three new branches; Center Moriches in May, Patchogue in September and Deer Park in October. The recent branch openings move the Bank geographically westward and demonstrate its commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion. In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton. In July 2011, the Bank converted the former HSB customers to the Bank’s core operating system. Management spent considerable time ensuring the transition progressed smoothly for HSB’s former customers and shareholders. Management has demonstrated its ability to successfully integrate the former HSB customers and achieve expected cost savings while continuing to execute its business strategy. In September 2011, the Bank obtained OCC approval for its 21st branch in Ronkonkoma, New York. This location’s proximity to MacArthur Airport complements the Patchogue branch and extends the Bank’s reach into the Bohemia market. Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships.

 

2011 was another year of milestone achievements and significant change for the Company. The acquisition, organic growth and considerably higher capital demonstrate management’s ability to identify, leverage and efficiently execute on opportunities. Management foresees future opportunities to continue this trajectory and positive momentum.  The Bank’s customers and certain markets in which the Bank operates have been less affected than others by recent economic turmoil. However, the Bank’s customers and the Bank itself are not insulated from the general economic environment and its related impacts.  Recognizing this is critical to the
Company’s continued ability to execute its strategy. Management must continue to foster relationships with businesses and customers that share the same principles and philosophies for prudent and reasonable fiscal and operational management.

 

The current banking environment remains challenging in many respects.  The absolute level of interest rates and the potential for them to remain at or near historic lows, for an extended period, creates issues for margin management and heightened risks to the eventuality of higher rates. The omnipresent regulatory environment with its pending new regulations, rules and compliance burdens certainly contributes to uncertainty. Finally, the credit environment appears to be improving. However, there is the potential at any moment for a change depending on the impact of world and national events, or more localized issues with municipal budgets and the related fallout. Any one of these factors could affect economic activity and the Bank’s customers’ businesses, creating a domino effect on credit quality.

 

The prospects of the financial services sector and the Company continue to be impacted by the final outcome of the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.  This Act includes the repeal of Regulation Q, which prohibited the payment of interest on checking accounts, and the Durbin Amendment, which establishes fixed interchange fees and could impact future revenues and expenses.  The Company is awaiting the expected new rules, regulations and related compliance and process changes and will expand its compliance resources appropriately. The Bank continues to collaborate with its primary regulator to ensure compliance with current requirements and interpretations. It is the belief of management that its strong risk management culture is a primary reason for its long term success and management views the current challenges as opportunities to expand its business and deliver the promise of successful community banking to its customers and shareholders.

 

Corporate objectives for 2012 include: leveraging our expanding branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and deposits; focusing on opportunities and processes that continue to enhance the customer experience at the Bank; improving operational efficiencies and prudent management of non-interest expense; and maximizing non-interest income through Bridge

 

 

 

Page -16-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Abstract as well as other lines of business. The ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company remains significant to meeting these objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives, and avoided many of the problems facing other financial institutions as a result of maintaining discipline in its underwriting, expansion strategies, investing and general business practices. This strategy has not changed over the more than 100 years of our existence and will continue to be true. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented by the market and diligently seeks opportunities for growth and to strengthen the franchise. The Company recognizes the potential risks of the current economic environment and will monitor the impact of market events as we consider growth initiatives and evaluate loans and investments. Management and the Board have built a solid foundation for growth and the Company is positioned to adapt to anticipated changes in the industry resulting from new regulations and legislative initiatives.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 contains a summary of our significant accounting policies. Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Our policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance for loan losses is our most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of our financial condition and results of operations, and it involves a higher degree of complexity and requires management to make difficult and subjective judgments, which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in our results of operations or financial condition.

 

The following is a description of our critical accounting policy and an explanation of the methods and assumptions underlying its application.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Management considers the accounting policy on the allowance for loan losses to be the most critical and requires complex management judgment as discussed below. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances. If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, the Company’s earnings could decrease.

 

The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to our policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgages; residential real estate mortgages, first lien and home equity; commercial loans, secured and unsecured; installment/consumer loans; and real estate construction and land loans. The determination of the adequacy of the valuation allowance is a process that takes into consideration a variety of factors. The Bank has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures, and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as

 

 

 

Page -17-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

For additional information regarding our allowance for loan losses, see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Acquired Loans

 

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 are recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Determining fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of expected principal and interest cash flows to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market interest rate. Some of the loans at time of acquisition showed evidence of credit deterioration since origination.

 

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent increases to the expected cash flows result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount which is then reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

 

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable discount.

 

NET INCOME

 

Net income for 2011 totaled $10.4 million or $1.54 per diluted share while net income for 2010 totaled $9.2 million or $1.45 per diluted share, as compared to net income of $8.8 million, or $1.41 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net income increased $1.2 million or 13.0% compared to 2010 and net income for 2010 increased $0.4 million or 4.6% as compared to 2009. Significant trends for 2011 include: (i) a $5.7 million or 15.2% increase in net interest income; (ii) a $0.4 million increase in the provision for loan losses; (iii) a $0.5 million or 6.5% decrease in total non interest income; and (iv) a $3.0 million or 10.6% increase in total non interest expenses.

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

Net interest income, the primary contributor to earnings, represents the difference between income on interest earning assets and expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated statements of income for the years indicated and reflect the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the years indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the years shown. Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The yields and costs include fees, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.”

 

 

 

Page -18-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest

 

Average
Yield/
Cost

 

Interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, net (1)

 

$

554,469

 

$

35,434

 

 

6.39

%

 

$

461,289

 

$

30,223

 

 

6.55

%

 

$

435,694

 

$

29,167

 

 

6.69

%

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

277,073

 

 

9,000

 

 

3.25

 

 

 

242,997

 

 

9,585

 

 

3.94

 

 

 

227,471

 

 

11,074

 

 

4.87

 

Tax exempt securities (2)

 

 

124,616

 

 

4,417

 

 

3.54

 

 

 

104,824

 

 

4,153

 

 

3.96

 

 

 

76,746

 

 

3,381

 

 

4.41

 

Taxable securities

 

 

111,311

 

 

2,993

 

 

2.69

 

 

 

82,678

 

 

2,328

 

 

2.82

 

 

 

27,298

 

 

880

 

 

3.22

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,750

 

 

5

 

 

0.29

 

 

 

11,466

 

 

33

 

 

0.29

 

Deposits with banks

 

 

48,841

 

 

123

 

 

0.25

 

 

 

20,804

 

 

54

 

 

0.26

 

 

 

5,171

 

 

13

 

 

0.25

 

Total interest earning assets

 

 

1,116,310

 

 

51,967

 

 

4.66

 

 

 

914,342

 

 

46,348

 

 

5.07

 

 

 

783,846

 

 

44,548

 

 

5.68

 

Non interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

19,025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,574

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

44,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,397

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

1,180,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

969,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

826,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

$

613,068

 

$

3,936

 

 

0.64

%

 

$

480,642

 

$

3,594

 

 

0.75

%

 

$

376,429

 

$

3,698

 

 

0.98

%

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

 

115,895

 

 

1,264

 

 

1.09

 

 

 

100,775

 

 

1,489

 

 

1.48

 

 

 

94,691

 

 

2,154

 

 

2.27

 

Other time deposits

 

 

43,282

 

 

507

 

 

1.17

 

 

 

45,630

 

 

762

 

 

1.67

 

 

 

55,436

 

 

1,371

 

 

2.47

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

 

17,582

 

 

543

 

 

3.09

 

 

 

22,128

 

 

530

 

 

2.40

 

 

 

29,607

 

 

401

 

 

1.35

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

 

82

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

0.00

 

 

 

82

 

 

1

 

 

1.22

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

16,002

 

 

1,366

 

 

8.54

 

 

 

16,002

 

 

1,365

 

 

8.53

 

 

 

2,263

 

 

190

 

 

8.40

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

805,911

 

 

7,616

 

 

0.95

 

 

 

665,196

 

 

7,740

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

558,508

 

 

7,815

 

 

1.40

 

Non interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

294,566

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

238,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

205,984

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

7,721

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,108,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

909,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

770,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

72,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,180,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

969,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

826,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income/interest rate spread (3)

 

 

 

 

 

44,351

 

 

3.71

%

 

 

 

 

 

38,608

 

 

3.91

%

 

 

 

 

 

36,733

 

 

4.28

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest earning assets/net interest margin (4)

 

$

310,399

 

 

 

 

 

3.97

%

 

$

249,146

 

 

 

 

 

4.22

%

 

$

225,338

 

 

 

 

 

4.69

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138.52

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140.35

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

(1,541

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,449

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,180

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

$

42,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

37,159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

35,553

 

 

 

 

 

(1)                                  Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.

(2)                                  The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.

(3)                                  Net interest rate spread  represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities.

(4)                                  Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

 

 

 

Page -19-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

 

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to volume or rate changes have been allocated to these categories based on the respective percentage changes in average volume and rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.

 


Years Ended December 31,

 

2011 Over 2010
Changes Due To

 

2010 Over 2009
Changes Due To

 

(In thousands)

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Net
Change

 

Interest income on interest earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (1)

 

$

5,966

 

$

(755

)

$

5,211

 

$

1,678

 

$

(622

)

$

1,056

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

1,231

 

 

(1,816

)

 

(585

)

 

722

 

 

(2,211

)

 

(1,489

)

Tax exempt securities (2)

 

 

733

 

 

(469

)

 

264

 

 

1,144

 

 

(372

)

 

772

 

Taxable securities

 

 

777

 

 

(112

)

 

665

 

 

1,570

 

 

(122

)

 

1,448

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

(3

)

 

(2

)

 

(5

)

 

(28

)

 

 

 

(28

)

Deposits with banks

 

 

71

 

 

(2

)

 

69

 

 

40

 

 

1

 

 

41

 

Total interest earning assets

 

 

8,775

 

 

(3,156

)

 

5,619

 

 

5,126

 

 

(3,326

)

 

1,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

 

913

 

 

(571

)

 

342

 

 

881

 

 

(985

)

 

(104

)

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

 

320

 

 

(545

)

 

(225

)

 

115

 

 

(780

)

 

(665

)

Other time deposits

 

 

(37

)

 

(218

)

 

     (255

)

 

(215

)

 

(394

)

 

     (609

)

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

 

(122

)

 

135

 

 

13

 

 

(121

)

 

250

 

 

129

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1,172

 

 

3

 

 

1,175

 

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

1,074

 

 

(1,198

)

 

(124

)

 

1,831

 

 

(1,906

)

 

(75

)

Net interest income

 

$

7,701

 

$

(1,958

)

$

5,743

 

$

3,295

 

$

(1,420

)

$

1,875

 

 

(1)          Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/ (fees) and the allowance for loan loss, and include loans held for sale.

(2)          The above table is presented on a tax equivalent basis.

 

The net interest margin declined to 3.97% in 2011 compared to 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 4.69% in 2009. The decrease in 2011 and 2010 was primarily the result of the historically low market interest rates which was partly offset by strong core deposit growth and higher loan demand.  The net interest margin during 2011 and 2010 was also impacted by a full year of interest expense related to the issuance of $16.0 million in junior subordinated debentures during the fourth quarter of 2009. The total average interest earning assets in 2011 increased $202.0 million or 22.1% over 2010 levels, yielding 4.66%, and the overall funding cost was 0.69%, including demand deposits. The yield on interest earning assets decreased approximately 41 basis points which was partly offset by a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities of approximately 21 basis points during 2011 compared to 2010. The increase in average total deposits of $201.0 million primarily funded loans, which grew $93.2 million, while average total securities increased $82.5 million from the comparable 2010 levels. In addition, the Company’s strategy in 2011 to manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, resulted in an increase of $28 million in the average balance of lower yielding interest earning deposits with banks.

 

Net interest income was $42.8 million in 2011 compared to $37.2 million in 2010 and $35.6 million in 2009. The increase in net interest income of $5.7 million or 15.2% as compared to 2010, and the increase in net interest income of $1.6 million or 4.5% in 2010 as compared to 2009, primarily resulted from the effect of the increase in the volume of average total interest earning assets and the decrease in the cost of average total interest bearing liabilities being greater than the effect of the increase in volume of average total interest bearing liabilities and the decrease in yield on average total interest earning assets.

 

Average total interest earning assets grew by $202.0 million or 22.1% to $1.1 billion in 2011 compared to $914.3 million in 2010. During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 4.66% from 5.07%. Average total interest earning

 

 

 

Page -20-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

assets grew by $130.5 million or 16.6% to $914.3 million in 2010 compared to $783.8 million in 2009. During this period, the yield on average total interest earning assets decreased to 5.07% from 5.68%.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average loans grew by $93.2 million or 20.2% to $554.5 million as compared to $461.3 million in 2010 and increased $25.6 million or 5.9% compared to $435.7 million in 2009. Real estate mortgage loans and commercial loans primarily contributed to the growth. The Bank remains committed to growing loans with prudent underwriting, sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average total investments increased by $82.5 million or 19.2% to $513.0 million as compared to $430.5 million in 2010 and increased $99.0 million or 29.9% as compared to $331.5 million for 2009 levels. To position the balance sheet for the future and better manage capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, a portion of the available for sale investment securities portfolio was sold during 2011, 2010 and 2009 resulting in a net gain of $0.1 million, $1.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. There were no federal funds sold in 2011 compared to average federal funds sold of $1.8 million in 2010 and $11.5 million in 2009. The decrease in the average federal funds sold in 2011 and 2010 was offset by increased average interest earning cash, which was $48.8 million in 2011, $20.8 million in 2010 and $5.2 million in 2009.

 

Average total interest bearing liabilities were $805.9 million in 2011 compared to $665.2 million in 2010 and $558.5 million in 2009. The Bank grew deposits in 2011 as a result of opening three new branches during 2010, building new relationships in existing markets and the HSB merger. During 2011, the Bank reduced interest rates on deposit products through prudent management of deposit pricing. The reduction in deposit rates resulted in a decrease in the cost of interest bearing liabilities to 0.95% for 2011 compared to 1.16% for 2010 and 1.40% during 2009. Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than its interest earning assets, an increase in short term interest rates initially results in a decrease in net interest income.  Additionally, the large percentages of deposits in money market accounts reprice at short term market rates making the balance sheet more liability sensitive. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by the trust. The junior subordinated debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011, average total deposits increased by $201.0 million or 23.2% to $1.07 billion as compared to average total deposits of $865.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Components of this increase include an increase in average demand deposits for 2011 of $55.9 million or 23.4% to $294.6 million as compared to $238.7 million in average demand deposits for 2010 and increased by $32.7 million or 15.9% compared to $206.0 million in average demand deposits for 2009. The average balances in savings, NOW and money market accounts increased $132.4 million or 27.6% to $613.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $480.6 million for the same period last year and increased $104.2 million or 27.7% over 2009 levels of $376.4 million. Average balances in certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more and other time deposits increased $12.8 million or 8.7% to $159.2 million for 2011 as compared to 2010 and decreased in 2010 $3.7 million or 2.5% as compared to 2009. Average public fund deposits comprised 18.2% of total average deposits during 2011, 18.8% in 2010 and 17.3% in 2009. Average federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements together with average Federal Home Loan Bank term advances decreased $4.5 million or 20.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to average balances for 2010 and decreased $7.5 million or 25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to average balances for the same period in the prior year.

 

Total interest income increased to $50.4 million in 2011 from $44.9 million in 2010 and $43.4 million in 2009, an increase of 12.3% during 2011 from 2010 and a 3.5% increase during 2010 from 2009. The ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities increased to 138.5% in 2011 as compared to 137.5% in 2010 and decreased compared to 140.4% in 2009. Interest income on loans increased $5.2 million in 2011 over 2010 and $1.1 million in 2010 over 2009 primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio. The yield on average loans was 6.4% for 2011, 6.6% for 2010 and 6.7% for 2009.

 

Interest income on investments in mortgage-backed, tax exempt and taxable securities increased $0.3 million or 1.7% in 2011 to $14.9 million from $14.6 million in 2010 and increased $0.5 million or 3.3% in 2010 from $14.2 million in 2009. Interest income on securities included net amortization of premiums on securities of $2.4 million in 2011 compared to net amortization of premiums on securities of $1.5 million in 2010 and net amortization of premiums on securities of $0.3 million in 2009. The tax adjusted average yield on total securities decreased to 3.2% in 2010 from 3.7% in 2010 and 4.6 % in 2009.

 

Total interest expense decreased $0.1 million or 1.6% to $7.6 million in 2011 and decreased $0.1 million or 0.96% to $7.7 million in 2010 from $7.8 million in 2009. The decrease in interest expense in 2011, 2010 and 2009 resulted from the Federal Reserve lowering the targeted federal funds rate and discount rate in previous years and the prudent management of deposit pricing. These reductions were partly offset by the interest paid of $1.4 million in 2011 and 2010 related to the $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures. The cost of average interest bearing liabilities was 0.95% in 2011, 1.16% in 2010, and 1.40% in 2009.

 

 

 

Page -21-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area of Suffolk County which is located on the eastern portion of Long Island. The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

Loans of approximately $57.7 million or 9.4% of total loans at December 31, 2011 were categorized as classified loans compared to $43.9 million or 8.7% at December 31, 2010 and $31.7 million or 7.1% at December 31, 2009. Classified loans include loans with credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed on at least a quarterly basis. The increase in the 2011 and 2010 levels of classified loans reflects the current economic environment as well as management’s decision during 2010 to enhance the asset and credit quality review process of the loan portfolio. This process includes the early identification of potential problem loans, a more stringent assessment of potential credit weaknesses and expanding the scope and depth of individual credit reviews. Additionally, higher classified loans as of December 31, 2011 primarily related to a $15.2 million increase in the special mention category as well as acquired classified loans from the HSB merger.

 

At December 31, 2011, approximately $37.2 million of these loans were commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans which were well secured with real estate as collateral. Of the $37.2 million of CRE loans, $34.6 million were current and $2.6 million were past due. In addition, all but $2.1 million of the CRE loans have personal guarantees.  At December 31, 2011, approximately $5.3 million of classified loans were residential real estate loans with $1.7 million current and $3.6 million past due. Commercial, financial, and agricultural loans represented $10.2 million of classified loans and $9.6 million was current and $0.6 million was past due. Approximately $4.6 million of classified loans represented real estate construction and land loans and $4.3 million was current and $0.3 million was past due. All real estate construction and land loans are well secured with collateral. The remaining $0.3 million in classified loans are consumer loans that are unsecured, have personal guarantees and demonstrate sufficient cash flow to pay the loans. Of the $0.3 million of consumer loans, $6,000 were past due with the remaining loans current. Due to the structure and nature of the credits, we do not expect to sustain a material loss on these relationships.

 

CRE loans, including multi-family loans, represented $305.3 million or 49.9% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 compared to $245.3 million or 48.7% at December 31, 2010 and $204.2 million or 45.6% at December 31, 2009. The Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans requires an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans are consistent with regulatory requirements with original loan to value ratios less than or equal to 75%.  The Bank considers charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate values when evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.  Real estate values in our geographic markets increased significantly from 2000 through 2007. Commencing in 2008, following the financial crisis and significant downturn in the economy, real estate values began to decline. This decline continued into 2009 and appears to have stabilized in 2010. The estimated decline in residential and commercial real estate values range from 15-20% from the 2007 levels, depending on the nature and location of the real estate.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $9.0 million and $9.9 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.

 

Nonaccrual loans decreased $2.5 million to $4.2 million or 0.68% of total loans at December 31, 2011 from $6.7 million or 1.34% of total loans at December 31, 2010. Approximately $2.0 million of the nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2011 and $4.7 million at December 31, 2010, represent troubled debt restructured loans. As of December 31, 2011 two of the borrowers with loans totaling $0.5 million are complying with the modified terms of the loans and are currently making payments. Another borrower with loans totaling $1.5 million is past due but is making payments. The decrease in nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2011 was due to two loans that were reported as held for sale at December 31, 2011 totaling $2.3 million and were subsequently sold in January 2012 at no additional gain or loss. Total nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans are secured with collateral that has an appraised value of $4.2 million. In 2010, nonaccrual loans increased $0.8 million to $6.7 million from $5.9 million in 2009.

 

 

 

Page -22-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Approximately $4.7 million of the nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2010 represented troubled debt restructured loans where the borrowers were complying with the modified terms of the loans and were currently making payments. Furthermore, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

 

In addition, the Company has four borrowers with performing TDR loans of $4.9 million at December 31, 2011 that are current and secured with collateral that has an appraised value of approximately $11.5 million.  At December 31, 2010, the Company had one borrower with TDR loans of $3.2 million that was current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately $5.4 million as well as personal guarantees. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. In addition, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors. Two of the loans were restructured during the third quarter of 2011 and one of the loans in the second quarter of 2011 and since that time the interest income recognized has been immaterial. The fourth loan was restructured during the third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.4 million of interest income has been recognized.

 

The Bank had no foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

Net charge-offs were $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.0 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 260%, 126% and 103%, at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

Based on our continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $3.9 million was recorded in 2011 as compared to $3.5 million in 2010 and $4.2 million in 2009. The allowance for loan losses increased to $10.8 million at December 31, 2011 as compared to $8.5 million at December 31, 2010 and $6.0 million at December 31, 2009. As a percentage of total loans, the allowance was 1.77%, 1.69% and 1.35% at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the acquired HSB loans are recorded at fair value, effectively netting estimated future losses against the loan balances. The allowance as a percentage of the Bank’s originated loans was 1.87% at December 31, 2011. Management continues to carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as real estate trends in Suffolk County and eastern Long Island. The Bank’s consistent and rigorous underwriting standards preclude sub-prime lending, and management remains cautious about the potential for an indirect impact on the local economy and real estate values in the future.

 

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

 

$

8,497

 

 

$

6,045

 

 

$

3,953

 

 

$

2,954

 

 

$

2,512

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

259

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

480

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

372

 

 

 

879

 

 

 

1,098

 

 

 

534

 

 

 

203

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

864

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

186

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

23

 

Total

 

 

1,681

 

 

 

1,120

 

 

 

2,093

 

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

226

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

6

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

96

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

53

 

 

 

13

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

19

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

54

 

Total

 

 

121

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(1,560

)

 

 

(1,048

)

 

 

(2,058

)

 

 

(1,001

)

 

 

(158

)

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

 

3,900

 

 

 

3,500

 

 

 

4,150

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

600

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

10,837

 

 

$

8,497

 

 

$

6,045

 

 

$

3,953

 

 

$

2,954

 

Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans outstanding

 

 

(0.28%

)

 

 

(0.22%

)

 

 

(0.47%

)

 

 

(0.25%

)

 

 

(0.05%

)

 

 

 

 

Page -23-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan type:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

3,530

 

 

46.4

%

 

$

3,310

 

 

46.9

%

 

$

2,529

 

 

44.6

%

 

$

1,718

 

 

43.4

%

 

$

1,308

 

 

44.3

%

Multi-family loans

 

 

395

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

133

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

36

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

41

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

36

 

 

1.2

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

2,280

 

 

23.1

 

 

 

1,642

 

 

28.0

 

 

 

1,781

 

 

27.5

 

 

 

1,158

 

 

29.3

 

 

 

864

 

 

29.2

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

2,895

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

2,804

 

 

19.4

 

 

 

1,083

 

 

20.9

 

 

 

699

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

458

 

 

15.5

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

1,465

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

185

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

346

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

268

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

230

 

 

7.8

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

272

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

423

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

270

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

69

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

58

 

 

2.0

 

Total

 

$

10,837

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

8,497

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

6,045

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

3,953

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

2,954

 

 

100.0

%

 

Non Interest Income

 

Total non interest income decreased by $0.5 million or 6.5% in 2011 to $6.9 million and increased by $1.2 million or 20.4% to $7.4 million in 2010 as compared to $6.2 million in 2009. The decrease in total non interest income in 2011 compared to 2010 was  primarily the result of $1.2 million of lower net securities gains recognized for 2011 compared to the same period last year. Title fee income related to Bridge Abstract decreased $0.1 million or 7.9% to $1.0 million for 2011 compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2010. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $0.3 million or 13.8% to $3.1 million for 2011 compared to $2.8 million for the same period in 2010. Fees for other customer services were $2.6 million and represented an increase of $0.4 million or 18.0% from $2.2 million for the same period last year. The increase in total non interest income in 2010 compared to 2009 was due to an increase of $0.5 million in fees for other customer services, an increase of $0.2 million in revenues from the title insurance abstract subsidiary, Bridge Abstract, an increase of $0.8 million in net securities gains, an increase of $0.04 million in other operating income, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in service charges on deposit accounts.

 

Net securities gains of $0.1 million were recognized in 2011 compared to net securities gains of $1.3 million recognized in 2010 and net securities gains of $0.5 million recognized in 2009. The sales of securities were due to repositioning of the available for sale investment portfolio. Bridge Abstract, the Bank’s title insurance abstract subsidiary, generated title fee income of $1.0 million in 2011, $1.1 million in 2010, and $0.9 million in 2009, respectively. The decrease of $0.1 million or 7.9% in 2011 compared to 2010 and the increase of $0.2 million or 22.2% in 2010 compared to 2009, were directly dependent on the number and average value of transactions processed by the subsidiary.

 

Service charges on deposit accounts for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $3.1 million, an increase of $0.3 million as compared to 2010. This increase predominately represents higher overdraft fees. For the year ended December 31, 2010, service charges on deposit accounts totaled $2.8 million, a decrease of $0.2 million as compared to 2009. This decrease primarily represents lower overdraft fees. Fees from other customer services increased $0.4 million or 18.0% to $2.6 million in 2011 as compared to $2.2 million in 2010. The increase in 2011 was due primarily to higher electronic banking and investment services income.  Fees from other customer services increased $0.5 million or 28.9% to $2.2 million in 2010 as compared to $1.7 million in 2009. The increase in 2010 was due primarily to higher electronic banking and investment service income and fees for paid off loans.

 

Other operating income for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $0.1 million in line with 2010. Other operating income increased by $0.04 million or 61.2% in 2010 from $0.07 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 related to increased rental income.

 

Non Interest Expense

 

Total non interest expense increased $2.9 million or 10.6% to $30.8 million in 2011 compared to $27.9 million over the same period in 2010 and increased $3.1 million or 12.6% in 2010 from $24.8 million in 2009.  The primary components of these increases were higher salaries and employees benefits, acquisition costs, net occupancy expense, advertising, furniture and fixture expense, other operating expenses and amortization of core deposit intangible partially offset by lower FDIC assessments. Salaries and benefits increased $2.0 million or 12.9% to $18.0 million in 2011 as compared to $16.0 million in 2010 and increased $1.9 million or 13.5% from $14.1 million as of December 31, 2009. The increases in salary and benefits reflect additional positions to support the Company’s expanding infrastructure, new branches and a larger loan portfolio, and the related employee benefit costs, particularly pension expense.

 

 

 

Page -24-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Net occupancy expense increased $0.3 million or 9.1% to $3.1 million compared to $2.8 million in 2010 and increased $0.5 million or 21.4% from $2.3 million in 2009. Furniture and fixture expense increased $0.1 million or 8.2% to $1.2 million in 2011 from $1.1 million in 2010 and increased $0.1 million or 13.0% in 2010 from $1.0 million in 2009. The increase in furniture and fixture expense relates primarily to the Company’s expanding infrastructure and the opening of new branches. Advertising expense increased $0.1 million or 18.9% to $0.6 million in 2011 from $0.5 million in 2010 and increased $0.1 million or 19.5% from $0.4 million in 2009. Higher advertising expense in 2011 relates to the Company’s increased branch network, and in 2010 relates to opening branches in new markets and the 100th anniversary of the Bank. Data/item processing expense was $0.6 million and remained the same with 2010 levels and increased $0.1 million or 14.2% to $0.6 million in 2010 from $0.5 million in 2009. The increase in data/item processing expense in 2010 over 2009 represents investment in the network infrastructure. FDIC assessments decreased $0.5 million or 35.2% to $0.8 million in 2011 from $1.3 million in 2010 and decreased $0.3 million or 19.1% from $1.6 million in 2009. For 2011 the Company incurred acquisition costs of $0.8 million and recorded amortization of core deposit intangibles of $0.04 million in connection with the HSB merger.

 

Other operating expenses were the same for 2011 and 2010 at $5.6 million and increased by $0.8 million or 15.2% in 2010 over 2009 levels. The increase during 2010 was primarily related to infrastructure costs and marketing expenses for the new branches and the 100th anniversary of the Bank.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

Income tax expense for December 31, 2011 was $4.7 million representing an increase of $0.6 million from 2010. Income tax expense for December 31, 2010 and 2009 were the same at $4.0 million. The increase in 2011 was due to an increase in income before income taxes of $1.8 million to $15.0 million from $13.2 million in 2010. The effective tax rate was 31.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 30.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was related to nondeductible acquisition costs related to the HSB merger. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was 31.6%. The reduction in the effective tax rate for 2010 compared to 2009 was the result of a higher percentage of interest income from tax exempt securities.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

The assets of the Company totaled $1.34 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of $309.0 million or 30.1% from the previous year-end with all growth funded by deposits and capital. This increase reflects strong organic growth in new and existing markets and to a lesser extent the impact of the HSB acquisition, in May 2011, which added total assets on a fair value basis of $68.9 million, with loans of $38.9 million and deposits of $56.9 million.

 

The organic growth generated in assets included an increase in cash and due from banks of $4.3 million or 20.0% compared to December 2010 levels and an increase of $52.3 million in interest earning deposits with banks as the Company retained excess overnight funds with the Federal Reserve Bank. Total securities increased $139.1 million or 29.5% to $610.6 million and net loans increased $105.7 million or 21.3% to $601.3 million compared to December 2010 levels. Loans held for sale were $2.3 million and represent one relationship with two loans that was sold in January 2012 and recorded previously as nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans. The ability to grow the investment and loan portfolios, while minimizing interest rate risk sensitivity and maintaining credit quality remains a strong focus of management. Goodwill of $2.0 million and core deposit intangible of $0.3 million were recorded in connection with the HSB merger. Total deposits grew $271.2 million to $1.19 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $917.0 million at December 2010. The deposit growth occurred in all markets and included both new commercial and consumer relationships. Demand deposits increased $82.2 million to $321.5 million as of December 31, 2011 compared to $239.3 million at December 31, 2010. Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $139.4 million to $683.9 million at December, 2011 from $544.5 million at December 31, 2010. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased $50.0 million to $140.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $90.6 million at December 31, 2010. Other time deposits decreased $0.4 million to $42.2 million as of December 31, 2011 from $42.6 at December 31, 2010. There were no Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings as of December 31, 2011 as compared to $5.0 million at December 31, 2010. Repurchase agreements increased $0.5 million to $16.9 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $16.4 million as of December 31, 2010. Junior subordinated debenture remained at $16.0 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other liabilities and accrued expenses increased $1.2 million to $9.1 million as of December 31, 2011 from $7.9 million as of December 31, 2010 due to increases in accrued and deferred taxes.

 

Stockholders’ equity was $107.0 million at December 31, 2011, an increase of $41.3 million or 62.8% from December 31, 2010, reflecting the capital raised through stock offerings of $23.4 million, the issuance of $5.85 million in common equity in connection with the HSB transaction, the proceeds from the issuance of shares of common stock under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan of $4.6 million, an increase in the unrealized gains in securities of $2.2 million, and net income of $10.4 million, partially offset by $4.6 million in declared cash dividends and adjustments to the pension liability of $1.5 million. In January 2012, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $0.23 per share and continues its long term trend of uninterrupted dividends.

 

 

 

Page -25-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Loans

 

During 2011, the Company continued to experience growth trends in commercial and residential real estate lending. The concentration of loans in our primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending area in Suffolk County which is located on eastern Long Island. The local economic conditions on eastern Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of our loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the financial results of the Company’s operations. Additionally, while the Company has a significant amount of commercial real estate loans, the majority of which are owner-occupied, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of loan that the Bank markets. Approximately 79.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 is secured by real estate. Approximately 46.4% of the Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans.  Multifamily loans represent 3.5% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate mortgage loans represent 23.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home equity lines of credit of approximately 12.1% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and residential mortgages of approximately 11.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Real estate construction and land loans comprise approximately 6.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated with a concentration in real estate loans include potential losses from fluctuating values of land and improved properties. Home equity loans represent loans originated in the Bank’s geographic markets with original loan to value ratios generally of 75% or less. The Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio includes approximately $6.0 million in interest only mortgages. The underwriting standards for interest only mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative amortization. The largest loan concentrations by industry are loans granted to lessors of commercial property both owner occupied and non-owner occupied. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic conditions on eastern Long Island that could have a significant impact on the value of collateral securing the loans as well as the ability of customers to repay loans.

 

The remainder of the loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and consumer loans, which represent approximately 20.4% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The primary risks associated with commercial loans are the cash flow of the business, the experience and quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must take possession of the collateral. Consumer loans also have risks associated with concentrations of specific types of consumer loans within the portfolio.

 

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral. These loans identified are presented for evaluation at the regular meeting of the Credit Risk Committee. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of charged-off balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the recovery efforts.

 

Total loans grew $108.3 million or 21.5%, during 2011 and $55.9 million or 12.5% during 2010. Average net loans grew $93.2 million or 20.2% during 2011 over 2010 and $25.6 million or 5.9% during 2010 when compared to 2009. Real estate mortgage loans were the largest contributor of the growth for both 2011 and 2010 and increased $60.1 million or 15.6% and $59.1 million or 18.1%, respectively. Commercial real estate mortgage loans grew $47.9 million or 20.3% during 2011 and multi-family mortgage loans grew $12.2 million or 132.2% during 2011. Commercial, financial and agricultural loans increased $18.7 million or 19.1% in 2011 from 2010 and increased $4.0 million or 4.2% in 2010 from 2009. Real estate construction and land loans increased $30.6 million or 308.4% in 2011 and increased $9.4 million or 48.7% in 2010. Installment/consumer loans decreased $1.1 million or 11.3% in 2011 and increased $2.3

 

 

 

Page -26-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

million or 31.4% during 2010. Fixed rate loans represented 27.0%, 27.7% and 25.2% of total loans at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

 

December 31,

 

 

2011

 

 

2010

 

 

2009

 

 

2008

 

 

2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

283,917

 

$

236,048

 

$

199,712

 

$

186,543

 

$

166,154

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

21,402

 

 

9,217

 

 

4,447

 

 

4,503

 

 

4,555

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

141,027

 

 

140,986

 

 

123,013

 

 

125,813

 

 

109,697

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

116,319

 

 

97,663

 

 

93,682

 

 

75,919

 

 

58,184

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

40,543

 

 

9,928

 

 

19,347

 

 

29,094

 

 

29,172

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

8,565

 

 

9,659

 

 

7,352

 

 

7,545

 

 

7,382

 

Total loans

 

 

611,773

 

 

503,501

 

 

447,553

 

 

429,417

 

 

375,144

 

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

 

370

 

 

559

 

 

485

 

 

266

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

612,143

 

 

504,060

 

 

448,038

 

 

429,683

 

 

375,236

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(10,837

)

 

(8,497

)

 

(6,045

)

 

(3,953

)

 

(2,954

)

Net loans

 

$

601,306

 

$

495,563

 

$

441,993

 

$

425,730

 

$

372,282

 

 

Selected Loan Maturity Information

 

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Within One
Year

 

After One
But Within
Five Years

 

After
Five Years

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

$

26,003

 

$

46,651

 

$

43,665

 

$

116,319

 

Construction and land loans (1)

 

 

6,246

 

 

22,116

 

 

12,181

 

 

40,543

 

Total

 

$

32,249

 

$

68,767

 

$

55,846

 

$

156,862

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rate provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts with fixed interest rates

 

$

4,883

 

$

40,405

 

$

18,024

 

$

63,312

 

Amounts with variable interest rates

 

 

27,366

 

 

28,362

 

 

37,822

 

 

93,550

 

Total

 

$

32,249

 

$

68,767

 

$

55,846

 

$

 156,862

 

 

(1)         Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase.

 

 

 

Page -27-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans

 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual and restructured loans:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

$

411

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

 

2,156

 

 

1,997

 

 

1,001

 

 

3,068

 

 

229

 

Restructured loans  - Nonaccrual

 

 

2,005

 

 

4,728

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured loans  - Performing

 

 

4,903

 

 

3,219

 

 

3,229

 

 

3,229

 

 

 

Other real estate owned, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,475

 

$

9,944

 

$

9,120

 

$

6,297

 

$

229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded

during the year under original terms:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

122

 

$

123

 

$

52

 

$

127

 

$

12

 

Restructured loans

 

 

436

 

 

255

 

 

189

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross interest income recorded during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans

 

$

41

 

$

17

 

$

37

 

$

189

 

$

5

 

Restructured loans

 

 

241

 

 

105

 

 

288

 

 

238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments for additional funds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2008

 

2007

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

449

 

$

228

 

$

324

 

$

 

$

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

1,156

 

 

1,397

 

 

511

 

 

426

 

 

223

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

260

 

 

 

 

61

 

 

96

 

 

6

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

250

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

2,540

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

105

 

 

6

 

 

 

    Total

 

 

2,115

 

 

1,957

 

 

1,001

 

 

3,068

 

 

229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans - Nonaccrual:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

1,786

 

 

2,037

 

 

2,120

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

2,686

 

 

2,770

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Total

 

 

2,004

 

 

4,723

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans - Performing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

4,630

 

 

3,186

 

 

3,229

 

 

3,229

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

 

274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Total

 

 

4,904

 

 

3,186

 

 

3,229

 

 

3,229

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

$

9,023

 

$

9,866

 

$

9,120

 

$

6,297

 

$

299

 

 

Restructured loans totaled $6.9 million and $7.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

 

 

Page -28-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Securities

 

Total securities increased to $610.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $471.5 million at December 31, 2010. The available for sale portfolio increased 36.4% to $441.4 million from $323.5 million at December 31, 2010. Securities held as available for sale may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or other factors. Residential mortgage-backed securities decreased by $9.2 million at December 31, 2011 while U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities increased by $90.3 million, residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $25.4 million, state and municipal obligations increased by $6.2 million, and commercial collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $5.2 million. Securities held to maturity increased 14.3% to $169.2 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $148.0 million at December 31, 2010. U.S. GSE securities held to maturity decreased to zero at December 31, 2011 from $25.0 million at December 31, 2010, while state and municipal obligations increased by $39.6 million, corporate bonds increased by $4.8 million and residential collateralized mortgage obligations increased by $1.8 million.  Fixed rate securities represented 91.5% of total securities at December 31, 2011 compared to 87.9% at December 31, 2010. Residential collateralized mortgage obligations represented approximately 40.6% of the available for sale balance at December 31, 2011 as compared to 47.6% at the prior year-end. A change in market rates was the primary reason for the net increase in unrealized gains in securities available for sale which increased other comprehensive income.

 

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost, maturities and approximated weighted average yield at December 31, 2011. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011
(Dollars in
thousands)

 

Within
One Year

 

After One But
Within Five Years

 

After Five But
Within Ten Years

 

After
Ten Years

 

Total

 

 

 

Fair
Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Yield

 

Fair
Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Yield

 

Fair
Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Yield

 

Fair
Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Yield

 

Fair
Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

%

$

35,321

 

$

34,915

 

1.56

%

$

96,353

 

$

95,793

 

2.32

%

$

 

$

 

%

$

131,674

 

$

130,708

 

State and municipal obligations

 

14,191

 

14,141

 

1.92

 

31,408

 

30,619

 

2.70

 

8,154

 

7,644

 

3.69

 

466

 

457

 

3.58

 

54,219

 

52,861

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

977

 

915

 

4.28

 

16,855

 

16,027

 

3.77

 

53,152

 

50,375

 

4.07

 

70,984

 

67,317

 

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,237

 

5,167

 

2.34

 

5,237

 

5,167

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,912

 

16,787

 

1.68

 

162,413

 

159,091

 

2.61

 

179,325

 

175,878

 

Total available for sale

 

14,191

 

14,141

 

1.92

 

67,706

 

66,449

 

2.12

 

138,274

 

136,251

 

2.49

 

221,268

 

215,090

 

2.95

 

441,439

 

431,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

60,285

 

60,209

 

0.85

 

21,363

 

20,789

 

2.15

 

4,007

 

3,769

 

2.48

 

20,702

 

19,547

 

3.56

 

106,357

 

104,314

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,164

 

42,081

 

2.28

 

43,164

 

42,081

 

Corporate Bonds

 

 

 

 

11,012

 

11,758

 

2.30

 

10,419

 

11,000

 

3.31

 

 

 

 

21,431

 

22,758

 

Total held to maturity

 

60,285

 

60,209

 

0.85

 

32,375

 

32,547

 

2.20

 

14,426

 

14,769

 

3.10

 

63,866

 

61,628

 

2.69

 

170,952

 

169,153

 

Total securities

 

$

74,476

 

$

74,350

 

1.05

%

$

100,081

 

$

98,996

 

2.15

%

$

152,700

 

$

151,020

 

2.55

%

$

285,134

 

$

276,718

 

2.89

%

$

612,391

 

$

601,084

 

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

Borrowings including Fed funds purchased, repurchase agreements and junior subordinated debentures, decreased $4.5 million to $32.9 million at December 31, 2011 from the prior year-end. Total deposits increased $271.2 million or 29.6% in 2011 as compared to 2010. The growth in deposits is attributable to an increase in core deposits (individual, partnership and corporate account balances) of $234.0 million, driven by the opening of two new branches in 2009, three new branches opening during 2010, the building of new relationships in current markets, an increase of $37.2 million in public funds deposits and the acquisition of HSB. Demand deposits increased $82.2 million or 34.3% and Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $139.4 million or 25.6% primarily related to core deposits growth. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased $50.0 million or 55.2% from December 31, 2010 and other time deposits decreased $0.4 million or 0.9% as compared to the prior year.

 

 

Page -29-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Less than
$100,000

 

$100,000 or
Greater

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 Months or less

 

$

9,083

 

$

27,850

 

$

36,933

 

Over 3 through 6 months

 

9,565

 

14,936

 

24,501

 

Over 6 through 12 months

 

12,103

 

34,148

 

46,251

 

Over 12 months through 24 months

 

9,006

 

57,474

 

66,480

 

Over 24 months through 36 months

 

657

 

1,086

 

1,743

 

Over 36 months through 48 months

 

1,120

 

3,339

 

4,459

 

Over 48 months through 60 months

 

714

 

1,745

 

2,459

 

Over 60 months

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

42,248

 

$

140,578

 

$

182,826

 

 

LIQUIDITY

 

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the sufficiency of funds available to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated earnings enhancement opportunities for Company growth. Liquidity management addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet customer borrowing commitments, deposit withdrawals either on demand or contractual maturity, to repay other borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise. The Company’s principal sources of liquidity included cash and cash equivalents of $13.0 million as of December 31, 2011, and dividends from the Bank. Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2011, the Bank did not pay a cash dividend to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had $28.7 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company. In the event that the Company subsequently expands its current operations, in addition to dividends from the Bank, it will need to rely on its own earnings, additional capital raised and other borrowings to meet liquidity needs.

 

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other financial institutions including the Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank, growth in core deposits and sources of wholesale funding such as brokered certificates of deposit. While scheduled loan amortization, maturing securities and short term investments are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its principal source of funding. The Bank seeks to retain existing deposits and loans and maintain customer relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.

 

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank grew its individual, partnership and corporate account balances (“core deposits”) as well as its level of public funds. The Bank’s Asset/Liability and Funds Management Policy allows for wholesale borrowings of up to 25% of total assets. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $227.0 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $207.0 million is available on an unsecured basis. The Bank also has the ability, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages owned by the Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank did not have any overnight borrowings outstanding under these lines. The Bank had $15.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2011 with brokers and $1.9 million outstanding with customers.  As of December 31, 2010, the Bank had $15.0 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding with brokers and $1.4 million outstanding with customers. In addition, the Bank has an approved broker relationship for the purpose of issuing brokered certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Bank had no brokered certificates of deposits.

 

Management continually monitors the liquidity position and believes that sufficient liquidity exists to meet all of our operating requirements. Based on the objectives determined by the Asset and Liability Committee, the Bank’s liquidity levels may be affected by the use of short-term and wholesale borrowings, and the amount of public funds in the deposit mix. The Asset and Liability Committee is comprised of members of senior management and the Board. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve.

 

 

Page -30-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.

 

The following represents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Total
Amounts
Committed

 

Less than
One Year

 

One to
Three Years

 

Four to
Five Years

 

Over Five
Years

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

7,539

 

$

1,207

 

$

2,407

 

$

1,651

 

$

2,274

 

FHLB term advances and repurchase agreements

 

16,897

 

1,897

 

5,000

 

10,000

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

 

 

 

16,002

 

Time deposits

 

182,826

 

107,685

 

68,223

 

6,918

 

 

Total contractual obligations outstanding

 

$

233,264

 

$

110,789

 

$

75,630

 

$

18,569

 

$

18,276

 

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $45.8 million in outstanding loan commitments and $155.2 million in outstanding commitments for various lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also has $3.1 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2011. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby letters of credit.

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Stockholders’ equity increased to $107.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $65.7 million at December 31, 2010 as a result of (i) undistributed net income; (ii) the issuance of shares of common stock through the registered direct offering, the at the market offering program, the HSB acquisition, the Dividend Reinvestment Plan and the stock based compensation plan; (iii) the change in net unrealized appreciation in securities available for sale, net of deferred taxes; (iv) less the declaration of dividends; and (v) the change in pension liability under FASB ASC 715-30, net of deferred taxes. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets decreased to 6.11% at year end 2011 from 6.18% at year end 2010.

 

The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC (see Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2009, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised capital through the following initiatives:

 

·

In April 2009, the Company implemented a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. In April 2010, the Company increased the discount from 3% to 5%, and raised the quarterly optional cash purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the DRP Plan for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $4.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and raised $6.3 million in capital.

 

 

·

In June 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to register up to $50 million of securities with the SEC.

 

 

·

In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security and the TPS shares are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014. The Company issued $16.0 million of Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by the trust. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment provisions as the TPS. The Debentures may be included in Tier I

 

 

Page -31-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

 

·

On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock, increasing capital by $5.8 million, in connection with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank.

 

 

·

In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program.

 

 

·

On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $24.1 million in capital from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

 

Management believes that the current capital levels along with future retained earnings will allow the Bank to maintain a position exceeding required capital levels and which is sufficient to support Company growth. Additionally, the Company has the ability to issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise.

 

The Company had returns on average equity of 14.37%, 15.29%, and 15.58% and returns on average assets of 0.88%, 0.95%, and 1.06%, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company also utilizes cash dividends and stock repurchases to manage capital levels. Cash dividends declared totaled $4.6 million in 2011 and $5.8 million in 2010. The dividend payout ratios for 2011 and 2010 were 44.35% and 63.42%, respectively. The Company continues its trend of uninterrupted dividends. On March 27, 2006, the Company approved its stock repurchase plan allowing the repurchase of up to 5% of its then current outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase any shares in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes in interest rates could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Bank.

 

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

For discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 p) of the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s primary earnings source is net interest income, which is affected by changes in the level of interest rates, the relationship between rates, the impact of interest rate fluctuations on asset prepayments, the level and composition of deposits and liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a strong, stable net interest margin, to utilize its capital effectively without taking undue risks, to maintain adequate liquidity, and to reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes in interest rates.

 

At December 31, 2011, $560.4 million or 91.5% of the Company’s securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the market value of interest earning assets, which could adversely affect the Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results of operations if sold. The Company is also

 

 

Page -32-


Table of Contents

 

 

subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may result in decreasing loan prepayments with respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

 

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure to net interest income to sustained interest rate changes.  Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon.  The simulation model captures the seasonality of the Company’s deposit flows and the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.  This sensitivity analysis is compared to the asset and liability policy limits that specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point downward shift in interest rates.  A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.

 

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2011:

 

Change in Interest

 

2011
Potential Change
in Net
Interest Income

 

Rates in Basis Points

 

$ Change

 

% Change

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

$

(1,968

)

(4.32

)%

100

 

$

(926

)

(2.03

)%

Static

 

 

 

(100)

 

$

(16

)

(0.04

)%

 

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including, but not limited to, the nature and timing of interest rate levels and yield curve shapes, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based upon perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change.

 

Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals, prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions.

 

 

Page -33-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

25,921

 

$

21,598

 

Interest earning deposits with banks

 

53,625

 

1,320

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

79,546

 

22,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

 

441,439

 

323,539

 

Securities held to maturity (fair value of $170,952 and $148,144, respectively)

 

169,153

 

147,965

 

Total securities

 

610,592

 

471,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities, restricted

 

1,660

 

1,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

2,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for investments

 

612,143

 

504,060

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(10,837

)

(8,497

)

Loans, net

 

601,306

 

495,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

24,171

 

23,683

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

4,940

 

4,153

 

Goodwill

 

2,034

 

 

Core deposit intangible

 

316

 

 

Other assets

 

10,593

 

9,351

 

Total Assets

 

$

1,337,458

 

$

1,028,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

321,496

 

$

239,314

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

683,863

 

544,470

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

140,578

 

90,574

 

Other time deposits

 

42,248

 

42,635

 

Total deposits

 

1,188,185

 

916,993

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

 

5,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

16,897

 

16,370

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

16,002

 

Accrued interest payable

 

319

 

433

 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

 

9,068

 

7,938

 

Total Liabilities

 

1,230,471

 

962,736

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized: 20,000,000 shares; 8,374,917 and 6,456,742 shares issued, respectively; 8,345,399 and 6,364,656 shares outstanding, respectively

 

84

 

64

 

Surplus

 

54,034

 

20,946

 

Retained earnings

 

52,228

 

46,463

 

Less: Treasury Stock at cost, 29,518 and 92,086 shares, respectively

 

(1,787

)

(3,520

)

 

 

104,559

 

63,953

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gain on securities, net of deferred income taxes of ($3,774) and ($2,336), respectively

 

5,734

 

3,549

 

Pension liability, net of deferred income taxes of $2,205 and $1,202, respectively

 

(3,306

)

(1,782

)

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

106,987

 

65,720

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

1,337,458

 

$

1,028,456

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -34-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans (including fee income)

 

$

35,434

 

$

30,223

 

$

29,167

 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

 

9,000

 

9,585

 

11,074

 

State and municipal obligations

 

2,876

 

2,704

 

2,201

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

2,220

 

2,054

 

814

 

Corporate bonds

 

705

 

231

 

 

Federal funds sold

 

 

5

 

33

 

Deposits with banks

 

123

 

54

 

13

 

Other interest and dividend income

 

68

 

43

 

66

 

Total interest income

 

50,426

 

44,899

 

43,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings, NOW and money market deposits

 

3,936

 

3,594

 

3,698

 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

 

1,264

 

1,489

 

2,154

 

Other time deposits

 

507

 

762

 

1,371

 

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

 

543

 

530

 

401

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

 

 

 

1

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

1,366

 

1,365

 

190

 

Total interest expense

 

7,616

 

7,740

 

7,815

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

42,810

 

37,159

 

35,553

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

38,910

 

33,659

 

31,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

3,137

 

2,756

 

2,997

 

Fees for other customer services

 

2,553

 

2,163

 

1,678

 

Title fee income

 

1,016

 

1,103

 

903

 

Net securities gains

 

135

 

1,303

 

529

 

Other operating income

 

108

 

108

 

67

 

Total non interest income

 

6,949

 

7,433

 

6,174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

18,036

 

15,978

 

14,084

 

Net occupancy expense

 

3,094

 

2,837

 

2,337

 

Furniture and fixture expense

 

1,231

 

1,138

 

1,007

 

Data/Item processing

 

559

 

555

 

486

 

Advertising

 

649

 

546

 

457

 

FDIC assessments

 

825

 

1,274

 

1,574

 

Acquisition costs

 

793

 

 

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible

 

42

 

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

5,608

 

5,551

 

4,820

 

Total non interest expense

 

30,837

 

27,879

 

24,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

15,022

 

13,213

 

12,812

 

Income tax expense

 

4,663

 

4,047

 

4,049

 

Net income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

11,020

 

$

7,411

 

$

10,434

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -35-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Common
Stock

 

Surplus

 

Comprehensive
Income

 

Retained
Earnings

 

Treasury
Stock

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

 

$

64

 

$

20,452

 

 

 

$

40,081

 

$

(6,309

)

$

1,851

 

$

56,139

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,763

 

8,763

 

 

 

 

 

8,763

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”), net of offering costs

 

 

 

252

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

255

 

Stock awards granted

 

 

 

(1,664

)

 

 

 

 

1,664

 

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(52

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

(97

)

 

 

51

 

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

750

 

Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,734

)

 

 

 

 

(5,734

)

Other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized net gains in securities available for sale, net of reclassification and deferred tax effects

 

 

 

 

 

1,832

 

 

 

 

 

1,832

 

1,832

 

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(161

)

 

 

 

 

(161

)

(161

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,434

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

$

64

 

$

19,950

 

 

 

$

43,110

 

$

(4,791

)

$

3,522

 

$

61,855

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

$

9,166

 

9,166

 

 

 

 

 

9,166

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”), net of offering costs

 

 

 

1,389

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

1,395

 

Stock awards granted

 

 

 

(1,274

)

 

 

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

(37

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

17

 

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

881

 

Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,813

)

 

 

 

 

(5,813

)

Other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized net gains in securities available for sale, net of reclassification and deferred tax effects

 

 

 

 

 

(1,700

)

 

 

 

 

(1,700

)

(1,700

)

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

 

(55

)

(55

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

64

 

$

20,946

 

 

 

$

46,463

 

$

(3,520

)

$

1,767

 

$

65,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,359

 

10,359

 

 

 

 

 

10,359

 

Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”)

 

3

 

4,613

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

4,627

 

Shares issued in common stock offerings, net of offering costs (1,407,220 shares)

 

14

 

23,447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,461

 

Shares issued in the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank (273,479 shares)

 

3

 

5,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,850

 

Stock awards granted

 

 

 

(1,889

)

 

 

 

 

1,889

 

 

 

 

Stock awards forfeited

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

Vesting of stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128

)

 

 

(128

)

Tax effect of stock plans

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

)

Shared based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,047

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,047

 

Cash dividend declared, $0.69 per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,594

)

 

 

 

 

(4,594

)

Other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized net gains in securities available for sale, net of reclassification and deferred tax effects

 

 

 

 

 

2,185

 

 

 

 

 

2,185

 

2,185

 

Adjustment to pension liability, net of deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

(1,524

)

 

 

 

 

(1,524

)

(1,524

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

$

11,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

84

 

$

54,034

 

 

 

$

52,228

 

$

(1,787

)

$

2,428

 

$

106,987

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -36-


Table of Contents

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,843

 

1,612

 

1,453

 

Net amortization on securities

 

2,400

 

1,454

 

305

 

Amortization of core deposit intangible

 

42

 

 

 

Share based compensation expense

 

1,047

 

881

 

750

 

Net securities gains

 

(135

)

(1,303

)

(529

)

Increase in accrued interest receivable

 

(787

)

(474

)

(53

)

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

1,593

 

2,041

 

(6,875

)

(Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(1,582

)

(1,454

)

1,529

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

18,680

 

15,423

 

9,493

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(302,760

)

(226,213

)

(113,975

)

Purchases of securities, restricted

 

(315

)

(2,055

)

(19,514

)

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

(83,911

)

(137,240

)

(65,838

)

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

14,084

 

31,446

 

13,087

 

Redemption of securities, restricted

 

225

 

1,976

 

22,109

 

Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale

 

196,886

 

175,013

 

108,838

 

Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity

 

61,844

 

66,056

 

31,752

 

Net increase in loans

 

(73,029

)

(57,070

)

(20,413

)

Purchase of premises and equipment

 

(2,031

)

(3,989

)

(4,382

)

Net cash acquired in business combination

 

2,309

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(186,698

)

(152,076

)

(48,336

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

214,252

 

123,455

 

134,453

 

Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased and FHLB overnight borrowings

 

(7,000

)

5,000

 

(70,900

)

Repayments of FHLB term advances

 

(5,016

)

 

(30,000

)

Net increase in repurchase agreements

 

527

 

1,370

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

16,002

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

28,088

 

1,395

 

255

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

17

 

34

 

Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted stock awards

 

(128

)

(37

)

(35

)

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation

 

(16

)

11

 

12

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(6,061

)

(5,787

)

(5,716

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

224,646

 

125,424

 

44,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

56,628

 

(11,229

)

5,262

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

22,918

 

34,147

 

28,885

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

79,546

 

$

22,918

 

$

34,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Information-Cash Flows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

7,730

 

$

7,838

 

$

7,956

 

Income tax

 

$

4,550

 

$

5,922

 

$

3,264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared and unpaid at end of period

 

$

 

$

1,467

 

$

1,441

 

Transfers from portfolio loans to loans held for sale

 

$

2,300

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired

 

$

66,566

 

$

 

$

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed

 

$

65,059

 

$

 

$

 

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

Page -37-

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the laws of the State of New York as a single bank holding company. The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, The Bridgehampton National Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank’s operations include its real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”) and a financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”).

 

In addition to the Bank, the Company has another subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II, which was formed in 2009. In accordance with current accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. See Note 7 for a further discussion of Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II.

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general practices within the financial institution industry. The following is a description of the significant accounting policies that the Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances are modified. Actual future results could differ significantly from those estimates. The allowance for loan losses, fair values of financial instruments, deferred taxes, prepayment speeds on mortgage-backed securities, and pension assumptions are particularly subject to change.

 

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest earning deposits with banks, and federal funds sold, which mature overnight. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions, overnight borrowings and federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and repurchase agreements.

 

c) Securities

 

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity), which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of tax, as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock which are reported at cost.

 

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized to expense and accreted to income over the estimated life of the respective securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers many factors including: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) the whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) impairment related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

 

Page -38-


Table of Contents

 

 

d) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal outstanding during the period.  Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans that are 90 days past due are automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible based upon individual loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectibility, accrued interest will be recognized as earned.  If a payment is received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance.  A performing troubled debt restructuring loan is on accrual status in line with the modified terms.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired.

 

Loans over $50,000 are individually evaluated for impairment.  If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.  Loans with balances less than $50,000, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

 

Loans that were acquired from the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized through the allowance for loan losses. Determining fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of expected principal and interest cash flows to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market interest rate. Some of the loans at time of acquisition showed evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchase credit impaired loans.

 

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent increases to the expected cash flows result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount which is then reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require us to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

 

Purchased credit impaired loans that met the criteria for nonaccrual of interest prior to the acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable discount.

 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, or estimated fair market value. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $2.3 million of loans held for sale.  These loans were subsequently sold in January 2012 with no resulting gain or loss recognized.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes.

 

e) Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to loan growth, detailed analyses of classified loans, repayment patterns, delinquency status, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additionally, the Bank considers its credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures and concentrations in the portfolio when determining the allowances for each pool. The Bank evaluates and considers the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management,

 

 

Page -39-


Table of Contents

 

 

the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, the Bank evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components.  The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

 

Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance. Based on the determination of management and the Credit Risk Committee, the overall level of allowance is periodically adjusted to account for the inherent and specific risks within the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

 

A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to delinquency criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to, or charge-offs against, the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examination. Refer to Note 3 for further details.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments.

 

f) Premises and Equipment

 

Buildings, furniture and fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost.

 

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to expense.

 

g) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as unused lines of credit, commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer-financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are funded.

 

h) Income Taxes

 

The Company follows the asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against any of the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions on the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

 

 

Page -40-


Table of Contents

 

 

i) Treasury Stock

 

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method.

 

j) Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities”. This ASC addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”). Basic earnings per common share is net income attributable to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share, which reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options were exercised and if junior subordinated debentures were converted into common shares, is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents.

 

k) Dividends

 

Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Due to regulatory restrictions, dividends from the Bank to the Company at December 31, 2011, were limited to $28.7 million which represents the Bank’s 2011 retained net income and net retained earnings from the previous two years. During 2011, the Bank did not pay dividends to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years.

 

l) Segment Reporting

 

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

m) Stock Based Compensation Plans

 

Stock based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC No. 718 and 505, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options and stock awards granted to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards.

 

n) Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, and the pension liability. FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income is net of reclassification adjustments for realized gains (losses) on sales of available for sale securities.

 

o) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in Note 12. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

p) New Accounting Standards

 

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05”. In order to defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments, the paragraphs in this Update supersede certain

 

 

Page -41-


Table of Contents

 

 

pending paragraphs in Update 2011-05. The amendments are being made to allow the Board time to redeliberate whether to present on the face of the financial statements the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income for all periods presented. While the Board is considering the operational concerns about the presentation requirements for reclassification adjustments and the needs of financial statement users for additional information about reclassification adjustments, entities should continue to report reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income consistent with the presentation requirements in effect before Update 2011-05.

 

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-8, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-8”). ASU 2011-8 clarifies the guidance for goodwill impairment testing by allowing companies to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The company would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the company determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. ASU 2011-8 includes a number of events and circumstances for companies to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. ASU 2011-8 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has early adopted ASU 2011-8 for its annual impairment test for the year ended December 31, 2011 and it did not have a material impact on the Company.

 

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No.2011-5, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220)” (“ASU 2011-5”). ASU 2011-5 gives companies the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, the company is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-5 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The amendments in this guidance do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-5 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Adoption of AUS 2011-5 is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company.

 

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No.2011-4, “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures (Topic 820)” (“ASU 2011-4”). ASU 2011-4 clarifies the guidance for determining fair value including some instances where a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair value measurements has changed. This Update results in common principles and requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements in accordance with current accounting guidance. ASU 2011-4 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. Adoption of AUS 2011-4 did not have a material impact on the Company.

 

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-2, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring” (“ASU 2011-2”).  ASU 2011-2 clarifies the guidance for determining whether a loan restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”) outlined in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 310-40, “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” by providing additional guidance to a creditor in making the following required assessments needed to determine whether a restructuring is a TDR: (i) whether or not a concession has been granted in a debt restructuring; (ii) whether a temporary or permanent increase in the contractual interest rate precludes the restructuring from being a TDR; (iii) whether a restructuring results in an insignificant  delay in payment; (iv) whether a borrower that is not currently in payment default is experiencing financial difficulties; and (v) whether a creditor can use the effective interest rate test outlined in debtor’s guidance on restructuring of payables (ASC Topic No. 470-60-55-10) when evaluating whether or not a restructuring constitutes a TDR.  This update is effective the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. Adoption of ASU 2011-2 did not have a material impact on the Company.

 

q) Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) Stock

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a particular amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost and classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

 

r) Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts, and the related discussion and analysis, to conform to the current year presentation.

 

 

Page -42-


Table of Contents

 

 

2. SECURITIES

 

A summary of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of securities is as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

130,708

 

$

968

 

$

(2

)

$

131,674

 

$

41,463

 

$

213

 

$

(343

)

$

41,333

 

State and municipal obligations

 

52,861

 

1,366

 

(8

)

54,219

 

47,175

 

1,173

 

(283

)

48,065

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

67,317

 

3,667

 

 

70,984

 

76,814

 

3,481

 

(124

)

80,171

 

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

5,167

 

70

 

 

5,237

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

175,878

 

3,493

 

(46

)

179,325

 

152,202

 

2,618

 

(850

)

153,970

 

Total available for sale

 

431,931

 

9,564

 

(56

)

441,439

 

317,654

 

7,485

 

(1,600

)

323,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

 

 

 

 

24,973

 

118

 

(199

)

24,892

 

State and municipal obligations

 

104,314

 

2,048

 

(5

)

106,357

 

64,728

 

439

 

(922

)

64,245

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

42,081

 

1,104

 

(21

)

43,164

 

40,264

 

954

 

(53

)

41,165

 

Corporate bonds

 

22,758

 

3

 

(1,330

)

21,431

 

18,000

 

 

(158

)

17,842

 

Total held to maturity

 

169,153

 

3,155

 

(1,356

)

170,952

 

147,965

 

1,511

 

(1,332

)

148,144

 

Total securities

 

$

601,084

 

$

12,719

 

$

(1,412

)

$

612,391

 

$

465,619

 

$

8,996

 

$

(2,932

)

$

471,683

 

 

All of the residential mortgage-backed securities, residential collateralized mortgage obligations and commercial collateralized mortgage obligations were backed by U.S. Government Sponsored Entities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2011 and 2010, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

Less than 12 months

 

Greater than 12 months

 

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Fair
Value

 

Unrealized
losses

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

7,196

 

$

2

 

$

 

$

 

$

25,145

 

$

343

 

$

 

$

 

State and municipal obligations

 

4,283

 

8

 

 

 

11,927

 

283

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

7,591

 

124

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

7,672

 

46

 

 

 

55,906

 

850

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

19,151

 

$

56

 

$

 

$

 

$

100,569

 

$

1,600

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

9,800

 

$

199

 

$

 

$

 

State and municipal obligations

 

7,011

 

5

 

 

 

27,416

 

922

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

4,810

 

21

 

 

 

4,952

 

53

 

 

 

Corporate Bonds

 

4,664

 

336

 

12,006

 

994

 

17,842

 

158

 

 

 

Total held to maturity

 

$

16,485

 

$

362

 

$

12,006

 

$

994

 

$

60,010

 

$

1,332

 

$

 

$

 

 

Unrealized losses on securities have not been recognized into income, as the losses on these securities would be expected to dissipate as they approach their maturity dates. The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment periodically and with increased frequency when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more than likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its entities, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the issuer’s financial condition.

 

 

The following table sets forth the fair value, amortized cost and maturities of the securities at December 31, 2011. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

Page -43-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Within
One Year

 

After One But
Within Five Years

 

After Five But
Within Ten Years

 

After
Ten Years

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Fair Value
Amount

 

Amortized
Cost
Amount

 

Available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

 

$

 

$

35,321

 

$

34,915

 

$

96,353

 

$

95,793

 

$

 

$

 

$

131,674

 

$

130,708

 

State and municipal obligations

 

14,191

 

14,141

 

31,408

 

30,619

 

8,154

 

7,644

 

466

 

457

 

54,219

 

52,861

 

U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

977

 

915

 

16,855

 

16,027

 

53,152

 

50,375

 

70,984

 

67,317

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

16,912

 

16,787

 

162,413

 

159,091

 

179,325

 

175,878

 

U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,237

 

5,167

 

5,237

 

5,167

 

Total available for sale

 

14,191

 

14,141

 

67,706

 

66,449

 

138,274

 

136,251

 

221,268

 

215,090

 

441,439

 

431,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

60,285

 

60,209

 

21,363

 

20,789

 

4,007

 

3,769

 

20,702

 

19,547

 

106,357

 

104,314

 

U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,164

 

42,081

 

43,164

 

42,081

 

Corporate Bonds

 

 

 

11,012

 

11,758

 

10,419

 

11,000

 

 

 

21,431

 

22,758

 

Total held to maturity

 

60,285

 

60,209

 

32,375

 

32,547

 

14,426

 

14,769

 

63,866

 

61,628

 

170,952

 

169,153

 

Total securities

 

$

74,476

 

$

74,350

 

$

100,081

 

$

98,996

 

$

152,700

 

$

151,020

 

$

285,134

 

$

276,718

 

$

612,391

 

$

601,084

 

 

(1)    U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations represent securities with multi-family mortgage loans as collateral.

 

There were $14.1 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $0.1 million and gross losses of approximately $0.01 realized in 2011.  There were $31.4 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities and gross gains of approximately $1.3 million realized, in 2010.  No securities were sold at a loss in 2010.  There were $13.1 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities and gross gains of approximately $0.5 million realized, in 2009. No securities were sold at a loss in 2009.

 

Securities having a fair value of approximately $287.8 million and $277.9 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank overnight borrowings. The Company did not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

 

There were no investment holdings of any one issuer that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011, other than U.S. Government and its Sponsored Entities.  As of December 31, 2010, there was one issuer where the Bank had invested holdings that exceeded 10% of stockholder’s equity and represented 14% of stockholder’s equity. The majority of these holdings matured in the first quarter of 2011.

 

 

Page -44-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

3. LOANS

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

283,917

 

$

236,048

 

Multi-family mortgage loans

 

21,402

 

9,217

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

141,027

 

140,986

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

116,319

 

97,663

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

40,543

 

9,928

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

8,565

 

9,659

 

Total loans

 

611,773

 

503,501

 

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

370

 

559

 

 

 

612,143

 

504,060

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(10,837

)

(8,497

)

Net loans

 

$

601,306

 

$

495,563

 

 

Lending Risk

 

The principal business of the Bank is lending, primarily in commercial real estate mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, residential real estate mortgage loans, construction loans, home equity loans, commercial and industrial loans, land loans and consumer loans. The Bank considers its primary lending area to be eastern Long Island in Suffolk County, New York, and a substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are secured by real estate in this area. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of such a loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances.

 

The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under FASB Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectibility in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to our policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectible. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectibility of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with our lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, multi-family mortgage loans, home equity loans, residential real estate mortgages, commercial and industrial loans, real estate construction and land loans and consumer loans.  The determination of the adequacy of the valuation allowance is a process that takes into consideration a variety of factors. The Bank has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses inherent in each pool of loans. We consider our own charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, we evaluate and consider the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, we evaluate and consider the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are

 

 

Page -45-


Table of Contents

 

 

inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Credit Risk Committee is comprised of members of both management and the Board of Directors. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the Credit Risk Committee, based on its risk assessment of the entire portfolio. Based on the Credit Risk Committee’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2011, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses balance at beginning of period

 

$

8,497

 

$

6,045

 

$

3,953

 

Charge-offs

 

(1,681

)

(1,120

)

(2,093

)

Recoveries

 

121

 

72

 

35

 

Net charge-offs

 

(1,560

)

(1,048

)

(2,058

)

Provision for loan losses charged to operations

 

3,900

 

3,500

 

4,150

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

10,837

 

$

8,497

 

$

6,045

 

 

The following table represents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, as defined under ASC 310-10, and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2011. The loan segment represents the categories that the Bank develops to determine its allowance for loan losses.

 

December 31, 2011

 

Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Multi-family
Loans

 

Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Commercial,
Financial and
Agricultural
Loans

 

Installment/
Consumer
Loans

 

Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originated loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,310

 

$

133

 

$

1,642

 

$

2,804

 

$

423

 

$

185

 

$

8,497

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

(259

)

(372

)

(186

)

(864

)

(1,681

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

6

 

96

 

19

 

 

121

 

Provision

 

220

 

262

 

891

 

367

 

16

 

2,144

 

3,900

 

 

 

$

3,530

 

$

395

 

$

2,280

 

$

2,895

 

$

272

 

$

1,465

 

$

10,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

105

 

$

162

 

$

 

$

 

$

267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,530

 

$

395

 

$

2,175

 

$

2,733

 

$

272

 

$

1,465

 

$

10,570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

267,378

 

$

21,402

 

$

131,155

 

$

111,673

 

$

7,971

 

$

40,279

 

$

579,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

5,079

 

$

 

$

2,942

 

$

752

 

$

 

$

250

 

$

9,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

262,299

 

$

21,402

 

$

128,213

 

$

110,921

 

$

7,971

 

$

40,029

 

$

570,835

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

Page -46-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2011

 

Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Multi-family
Loans

 

Residential
Real Estate

Mortgage
Loans

 

Commercial,
Financial and
Agricultural
Loans

 

Installment/
Consumer
Loans

 

Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

16,539

 

$

 

$

9,872

 

$

4,646

 

$

594

 

$

264

 

$

31,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

15,903

 

$

 

$

9,872

 

$

4,443

 

$

594

 

$

 

$

30,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

636

 

$

 

$

 

$

203

 

$

 

$

264

 

$

1,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,310

 

$

133

 

$

1,642

 

$

2,804

 

$

423

 

$

185

 

$

8,497

 

Charge-offs

 

 

 

(259

)

(372

)

(186

)

(864

)

(1,681

)

Recoveries

 

 

 

6

 

96

 

19

 

 

121

 

Provision

 

220

 

262

 

891

 

367

 

16

 

2,144

 

3,900

 

Ending balance

 

$

3,530

 

$

395

 

$

2,280

 

$

2,895

 

$

272

 

$

1,465

 

$

10,837

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

105

 

$

162

 

$

 

$

 

$

267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,530

 

$

395

 

$

2,175

 

$

2,733

 

$

272

 

$

1,465

 

$

10,570

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

283,917

 

$

21,402

 

$

141,027

 

$

116,319

 

$

8,565

 

$

40,543

 

$

611,773

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

5,079

 

$

 

$

2,942

 

$

752

 

$

 

$

250

 

$

9,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

278,202

 

$

21,402

 

$

138,085

 

$

115,364

 

$

8,565

 

$

40,029

 

$

601,647

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

$

636

 

$

 

$

 

$

203

 

$

 

$

264

 

$

1,103

 

 

 

Page -47-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Multi-family
Loans

 

Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans

 

Commercial,
Financial and
Agricultural
Loans

 

Installment/
Consumer
Loans

 

Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

3,310

 

$

133

 

$

1,642

 

$

2,804

 

$

423

 

$

185

 

$

8,497

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

7

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,310

 

$

133

 

$

1,635

 

$

2,804

 

$

423

 

$

185

 

$

8,490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

236,048

 

$

9,217

 

$

140,986

 

$

97,663

 

$

9,659

 

$

9,928

 

$

503,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

3,414

 

$

 

$

3,434

 

$

82

 

$

 

$

2,936

 

$

9,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance:
collectively evaluated for impairment

 

$

232,634

 

$

9,217

 

$

137,552

 

$

97,581

 

$

9,659

 

$

6,992

 

$

493,635

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt including repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special mention, substandard and doubtful are reviewed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk rating grades:

 

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which exhibit certain risk factors that require greater than usual monitoring by management.

 

Special mention: Loans classified as special mention, while generally not delinquent, have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Bank’s credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be at delinquency status and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable.

 

 

Page -48-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table represents loans by class categorized by internally assigned risk grades:

 

 

 

Grades:

 

December 31, 2011

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originated loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

107,659

 

$

14,752

 

$

9,433

 

$

 

$

131,844

 

Non-owner occupied

 

123,602

 

8,950

 

2,982

 

 

135,534

 

Multi-family loans

 

21,402

 

 

 

 

21,402

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

64,725

 

 

1,351

 

1,223

 

67,299

 

Home equity

 

61,075

 

584

 

1,972

 

225

 

63,856

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

50,671

 

4,135

 

3,090

 

 

57,896

 

Unsecured

 

51,253

 

1,435

 

1,080

 

9

 

53,777

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

35,979

 

 

4,050

 

250

 

40,279

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

7,689

 

264

 

18

 

 

7,971

 

Total loans

 

$

524,055

 

$

30,120

 

$

23,976

 

$

1,707

 

$

579,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

13,003

 

$

223

 

$

406

 

$

 

$

13,632

 

Non-owner occupied

 

2,414

 

493

 

 

 

2,907

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

9,872

 

 

 

 

9,872

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

2,015

 

123

 

118

 

 

2,256

 

Unsecured

 

2,168

 

178

 

44

 

 

2,390

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

264

 

 

264

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

594

 

 

 

 

594

 

Total loans

 

$

30,066

 

$

1,017

 

$

832

 

$

 

$

31,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

120,662

 

$

14,975

 

$

9,839

 

$

 

$

145,476

 

Non-owner occupied

 

126,016

 

9,443

 

2,982

 

 

138,441

 

Multi-family loans

 

21,402

 

 

 

 

21,402

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

64,725

 

 

1,351

 

1,223

 

67,299

 

Home equity

 

70,947

 

584

 

1,972

 

225

 

73,728

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

52,686

 

4,258

 

3,208

 

 

60,152

 

Unsecured

 

53,421

 

1,613

 

1,124

 

9

 

56,167

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

35,979

 

 

4,314

 

250

 

40,543

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

8,283

 

264

 

18

 

 

8,565

 

Total loans

 

$

554,121

 

$

31,137

 

$

24,808

 

$

1,707

 

$

611,773

 

 

 

Page -49-


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Grades:

 

December 31, 2010

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

110,395

 

$

4,892

 

$

4,298

 

$

 

$

119,585

 

Non-owner occupied

 

97,878

 

7,652

 

10,683

 

250

 

116,463

 

Multi-family loans

 

9,217

 

 

 

 

9,217

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

71,686

 

 

1,194

 

1,269

 

74,149

 

Home equity

 

64,708

 

 

1,834

 

295

 

66,837

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

49,146

 

1,949

 

3,212

 

 

54,307

 

Unsecured

 

41,058

 

1,072

 

1,226

 

 

43,356

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

6,020

 

223

 

3,685

 

 

9,928

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

9,484

 

175

 

 

 

9,659

 

Total loans

 

$

459,592

 

$

15,963

 

$

26,132

 

$

1,814

 

$

503,501

 

 

 

Page -50-


Table of Contents

 

 

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

 

The following table represents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 by class of loans, as defined by ASC 310-10:

 

December 31, 2011

 

30-59 Days
Past Due

 

60-89 Days
Past Due

 

>90 Days
Past Due

And
Accruing

 

Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due

 

Total Past
Due and
Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originated loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

485

 

$

1,281

 

$

 

$

449

 

$

2,215

 

$

129,629

 

$

131,844

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

135,534

 

135,534

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,402

 

21,402

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

1,561

 

1,561

 

65,738

 

67,299

 

Home equity

 

448

 

255

 

 

1,382

 

2,085

 

61,771

 

63,856

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

479

 

479

 

57,417

 

57,896

 

Unsecured

 

 

53

 

 

40

 

93

 

53,684

 

53,777

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

250

 

250

 

40,029

 

40,279

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

7,970

 

7,971

 

Total loans

 

$

934

 

$

1,589

 

$

 

$

4,161

 

$

6,684

 

$

573,174

 

$

579,858

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquired loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

 

$

406

 

$

 

$

406

 

$

13,226

 

$

13,632

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,907

 

2,907

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,872

 

9,872

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,256

 

2,256

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,390

 

2,390

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

264

 

264

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

5

 

 

5

 

 

589

 

594

 

Total loans

 

$

 

$

 

$

411

 

$

 

$

411

 

$

31,504

 

$

31,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

485

 

$

1,281

 

$

406

 

$

449

 

$

2,621

 

$

142,855

 

$

145,476

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

 

 

 

 

138,441

 

138,441

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,402

 

21,402

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

1,561

 

1,561

 

65,738

 

67,299

 

Home equity

 

448

 

255

 

 

1,382

 

2,085

 

71,643

 

73,728

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

479

 

479

 

59,673

 

60,152

 

Unsecured

 

 

53

 

 

40

 

93

 

56,074

 

56,167

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

250

 

250

 

40,293

 

40,543

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

1

 

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

8,559

 

8,565

 

Total loans

 

$

934

 

$

1,589

 

$

411

 

$

4,161

 

$

7,095

 

$

604,678

 

$

611,773

 

 

 

Page -51-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

30-59 Days
Past Due

 

60-89 Days
Past Due

 

Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due

 

Total Past Due
and
Nonaccrual

 

Current

 

Total Loans

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

 

$

511

 

$

 

$

511

 

$

119,074

 

$

119,585

 

Non-owner occupied

 

 

 

478

 

478

 

115,985

 

116,463

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

9,217

 

9,217

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

151

 

165

 

1,747

 

2,063

 

72,086

 

74,149

 

Home equity

 

782

 

298

 

1,696

 

2,776

 

64,061

 

66,837

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

54,297

 

54,307

 

Unsecured

 

105

 

 

32

 

137

 

43,219

 

43,356

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

2,686

 

2,686

 

7,242

 

9,928

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

10

 

5

 

86

 

101

 

9,558

 

9,659

 

Total loans

 

$

1,058

 

$

979

 

$

6,725

 

$

8,762

 

$

494,739

 

$

503,501

 

 

All loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest represent loans that were acquired from Hamptons State Bank on May 27, 2011 and were recorded at fair value upon acquisition. These loans are considered to be accruing as management can reasonably estimate future cash flows on these acquired loans and expect to fully collect the carrying value of these loans. Therefore, the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows is being accreted into income. There were no loans 90 days or more past due that were still accruing interest at December 31, 2010.

 

Impaired Loans

 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $9.0 million and $9.9 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22.  Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the fair value hierarchy described in FASB ASC 820-10-50-5.

 

 

Page -52-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table sets forth impaired loans by loan type:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Nonaccrual Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

449

 

$

228

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

1,156

 

1,397

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

260

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

250

 

250

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

82

 

Total

 

2,115

 

1,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans - Nonaccrual:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

1,786

 

2,037

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

218

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

2,686

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

Total

 

2,004

 

4,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructured Loans - Performing:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

4,630

 

3,186

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

274

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

Total

 

4,904

 

3,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Impaired Loans

 

$

9,023

 

$

9,866

 

 

 

The Bank had no foreclosed real estate at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

 

Page -53-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table represents impaired loans by class at December 31, 2011:

 

December 31, 2011

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allocated
Allowance

 

Average
Recorded
Investment

 

Interest
Income
Recognized

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

4,163

 

$

4,206

 

$

 

$

4,208

 

$

415

 

Non-owner occupied

 

916

 

916

 

 

929

 

15

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

338

 

344

 

 

346

 

 

Home equity

 

688

 

860

 

 

778

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

533

 

533

 

 

535

 

7

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

250

 

371

 

 

 

250

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total with no related allowance recorded

 

6,888

 

7,230

 

 

7,046

 

437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate – First lien

 

1,223

 

1,329

 

76

 

1,241

 

 

Residential real estate – Home equity

 

693

 

700

 

29

 

694

 

 

Commercial – Secured

 

219

 

229

 

162

 

235

 

 

Total with an allowance recorded

 

2,135

 

2,258

 

267

 

2,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

4,163

 

4,206

 

 

4,208

 

415

 

Non-owner occupied

 

916

 

916

 

 

929

 

15

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,561

 

1,673

 

76

 

1,587

 

 

Home equity

 

1,381

 

1,560

 

29

 

1,472

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

752

 

762

 

162

 

770

 

7

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

250

 

371

 

 

250

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

9,023

 

$

9,488

 

$

267

 

$

9,216

 

$

437

 

 

 

Page -54-


Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

Recorded
Investment

 

Unpaid Principal
Balance

 

Related
Allocated
Allowance

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

$

3,186

 

$

3,186

 

$

 

Non-owner occupied

 

228

 

228

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,742

 

1,829

 

 

Home equity

 

992

 

988

 

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

2,936

 

3,171

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

82

 

82

 

 

Total with no related allowance recorded

 

9,166

 

9,484

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate - Home equity

 

700

 

700

 

7

 

Total with an allowance recorded

 

700

 

700

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

3,186

 

3,186

 

 

Non-owner occupied

 

228

 

228

 

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

1,742

 

1,829

 

 

Home equity

 

1,692

 

1,688

 

7

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

 

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

2,936

 

3,171

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

82

 

82

 

 

Total

 

$

9,866

 

$

10,184

 

$

7

 

 

Individually impaired loans were as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Average of individually impaired loans during the year

 

$

10,124

 

$

7,406

 

Interest income recognized during impairment

 

122

 

135

 

Cash basis interest income recognized

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”). The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved a loan to borrowers who were experiencing financial difficulties.

 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower is currently in payment default under any of its obligations or whether there is a probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2011 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2011 of $15.0 million. The modification of these loans involved a modification of the terms of loans to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties.

 

 

Page -55-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Number of
Contracts

 

Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originated loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owner occupied

 

2

 

$

538

 

$

538

 

Non-owner occupied

 

1

 

916

 

916

 

Multi-Family

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First lien

 

 

 

 

Home equity

 

1

 

347

 

338

 

Commercial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

2

 

273

 

273

 

Unsecured

 

1

 

241

 

219

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

 

 

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

7

 

$

2,315

 

$

2,284

 

 

 

The TDRs described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $0.2 million and resulted in charge offs of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

There were two loans modified as TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification.  These loans have since made the required payments and are current with the terms of the agreements. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had $2.0 million and $4.7 million, respectively of nonaccrual TDR loans. As of December 31, 2011 two of the borrowers with loans totaling $0.5 million are complying with the modified terms of the loans and are currently making payments. Another borrower with loans totaling $1.5 million is past due but currently making payments.  The decrease in nonaccrual TDR loans at December 31, 2011 was due to $2.3 million in nonaccrual TDR loans that were reported as held for sale at December 31, 2011. These loans were subsequently sold in January 2012 with no additional gain or loss recognized. Total nonaccrual TDR loans are secured with collateral that has an appraised value of $4.2 million. Furthermore, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

 

In addition, the Company has four borrowers with performing TDR loans of $4.9 million at December 31, 2011 that are current and secured with collateral that has an appraised value of approximately $11.5 million.  At December 31, 2010, the Company had one borrower with TDR loans of $3.2 million that was current and secured with collateral that had an appraised value of approximately $5.4 million as well as personal guarantees. Management believes that the ultimate collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured and therefore continues to recognize interest income on an accrual basis. Two of the loans were restructured during the third quarter of 2011 and one of the loans in the second quarter of 2011 and since that time the interest income recognized has been immaterial. The fourth loan was restructured during the third quarter of 2008 and since that time $0.4 million of interest income has been recognized. In addition, the Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

 

 

Page -56-


Table of Contents

 

 

Loans Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality

 

In connection with the Hamptons State Bank merger, the Company acquired loans with deteriorated credit quality. Acquired loans for which it was probable at acquisition that all contractually required payments would not be collected are as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

2011

 

Contractually required payments receivable of loans purchased during the year:

 

 

 

Commercial real estate mortgage loans

 

$

1,169

 

Multi-family loans

 

 

Residential real estate mortgage loans

 

 

Commercial, financial and agricultural loans

 

773

 

Real estate construction and land loans

 

340

 

Installment/consumer loans

 

7

 

 

 

$

2,289

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition

 

$

1,770

 

Fair value of acquired loans at acquisition

 

1,052

 

 

Accretable yield, or income expected to be collected, is as follows:

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2011

 

$

 

Hamptons State Bank Acquisition

 

(718

)

Accretion of income

 

86

 

Reclassifications from nonaccretable yield

 

 

Disposals

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

(632

)

 

Income is not recognized on certain acquired loans if the Company cannot reasonably estimate cash flows expected to be collected.

 

Related Party Loans

 

Certain directors, executive officers, and their related parties, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2011 and 2010.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans at December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Balance
Outstanding

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

$

1,074

 

New loans

 

 

Effective change in related parties

 

 

Advances

 

4

 

Repayments

 

(28

)

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

$

1,050

 

 

 

Page -57-


Table of Contents

 

 

4. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment consist of:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

7,174

 

$

6,583

 

Building and improvements

 

13,720

 

13,673

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

12,445

 

11,340

 

Leasehold improvements

 

6,120

 

5,551

 

 

 

$

39,459

 

$

37,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(15,288

)

(13,464

)

 

 

$

24,171

 

$

23,683

 

 

5. DEPOSITS

 

Time Deposits

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

Less than
$100,000

 

$100,000 or
Greater

 

Total

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2012

 

$

30,751

 

$

76,934

 

$

107,685

 

2013

 

9,006

 

57,474

 

66,480

 

2014

 

657

 

1,086

 

1,743

 

2015

 

1,120

 

3,339

 

4,459

 

2016

 

714

 

1,745

 

2,459

 

Total

 

$

42,248

 

$

140,578

 

$

182,826

 

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately $4.7 million and $8.3 million, respectively. Public fund deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $232.0 million and $194.9 million, respectively.

 

6. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $16.9 million, $16.4 million and $15.0 million, respectively, and were secured by U.S. GSE, residential mortgage-backed securities and residential collateralized mortgage obligations with a carrying amount of $23.3 million, $22.3 million and $22.2 million, respectively.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $1.9 million maturing during the first quarter of 2012, $5.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2013 and $10.0 million maturing during the first quarter of 2015.  At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company. Information concerning the securities sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average daily balance during the year

 

$

16,715

 

$

16,648

 

$

15,000

 

Average interest rate during the year

 

3.23

%

3.10

%

2.35

%

Maximum month-end balance during the year

 

$

17,469

 

$

17,192

 

$

15,000

 

Weighted average interest rate at year-end

 

3.18

%

3.21

%

2.35

%

 

7. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

 

In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The TPS have a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security and are convertible into our common stock, at an effective conversion price of $31 per share.  The TPS mature in 30 years but are callable by the Company at par any time after September 30, 2014.

 

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common security of the trust and the proceeds of the preferred securities sold by the trust. In accordance with current

 

 

Page -58-


Table of Contents

 

 

accounting guidance, the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the Debentures are shown as a liability. The Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate equal to 8.50% and mature on December 31, 2039. Consistent with regulatory requirements, the interest payments may be deferred for up to 5 years, and are cumulative. The Debentures have the same prepayment provisions as the TPS.

 

The Debentures may be included in Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

8. INCOME TAXES

 

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

3,700

 

$

3,340

 

$

4,467

 

State

 

603

 

530

 

530

 

 

 

4,303

 

3,870

 

4,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

469

 

347

 

(788

)

State

 

(109

)

(170

)

(160

)

 

 

360

 

177

 

(948

)

Income tax expense

 

$

4,663

 

$

4,047

 

$

4,049

 

 

The reconciliation of the expected Federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Amount

 

Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings

 

Federal income tax expense computed by applying the statutory rate to income before income taxes

 

$

5,134

 

34

%

$

4,492

 

34

%

$

4,362

 

34

%

Tax exempt interest

 

(896

)

(6

)

(817

)

(6

)

(682

)

(6

)

State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

341

 

2

 

262

 

2

 

302

 

3

 

Other

 

84

 

1

 

110

 

1

 

67

 

1

 

Income tax expense

 

$

4,663

 

31

%

$

4,047

 

31

%

$

4,049

 

32

%

 

 

Page -59-


Table of Contents

 

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

4,592

 

$

3,613

 

Restricted stock awards

 

710

 

611

 

Purchase accounting fair value adjustments

 

1,168

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

617

 

 

Other

 

456

 

206

 

Total

 

7,543

 

4,430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Pension and SERP expense

 

(2,124

)

(1,470

)

Depreciation

 

(1,411

)

(830

)

REIT undistributed net income

 

(627

)

(648

)

Net deferred loan costs and fees

 

(440

)

(481

)

Other

 

(304

)

(127

)

Total

 

(4,906

)

(3,556

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total before other comprehensive income

 

2,637

 

874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on securities

 

(3,774

)

(2,336

)

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in pension liability

 

2,205

 

1,202

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

 

$

1,068

 

$

(260

)

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State of New York. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2008. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

 

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

a) Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

The Bank maintains a noncontributory pension plan covering all eligible employees. The Bank uses a December 31st measurement date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. In September 2011, the Bank transferred all of the Plan assets out of the New York State Bankers Association Retirement System to the new Trustee, Bank of America, N.A.

 

During 2001, the Bank adopted the Bridgehampton National Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). The SERP provides benefits to certain employees, as recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by the full Board of Directors, whose benefits under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.

 

 

Page -60-


Table of Contents

 

 

Information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component of the SERP are as follows:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in benefit obligation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 

$

8,761

 

$

7,467

 

$

1,542

 

$

1,491

 

Service cost

 

919

 

769

 

109

 

96

 

Interest cost

 

483

 

434

 

57

 

62

 

Benefits paid and expected expenses

 

(234

)

(275

)

(112

)

(84

)

Assumption changes and other

 

1,655

 

366

 

135

 

(23

)

Benefit obligation at end of year

 

$

11,584

 

$

8,761

 

$

1,731

 

$

1,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in plan assets, at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan assets at beginning of year

 

$

11,023

 

$

9,183

 

$

 

$

 

Actual return on plan assets

 

20

 

799

 

 

 

Employer contribution

 

2,727

 

1,322

 

112

 

84

 

Benefits paid and actual expenses

 

(367

)

(281

)

(112

)

(84

)

Plan assets at end of year

 

$

13,403

 

$

11,023

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status (plan assets less benefit obligations)

 

$

1,819

 

$

2,262

 

$

(1,731

)

$

(1,542

)

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, consist of:

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

 

$

5,060

 

$

2,609

 

$

200

 

$

65

 

Prior service cost

 

81

 

90

 

 

 

Transition obligation

 

 

 

170

 

197

 

Net amount recognized

 

$

5,141

 

$

2,699

 

$

370

 

$

262

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation was $9.4 million and $1.5 million for the pension plan and the SERP, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2010, the accumulated benefit obligation was $6.9 million and $1.3 million for the pension plan and the SERP, respectively.

 

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost and Other Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

 

SERP Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

919

 

$

769

 

$

481

 

 

$

109

 

$

96

 

$

162

 

Interest cost

 

483

 

434

 

318

 

 

57

 

62

 

59

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(761

)

(681

)

(516

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net loss

 

102

 

104

 

88

 

 

 

 

13

 

Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost

 

9

 

9

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of unrecognized transition (asset) obligation

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

28

 

28

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

752

 

$

635

 

$

380

 

 

$

194

 

$

186

 

$

262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss (gain)

 

2,529

 

$

254

 

616

 

 

$

136

 

$

(22

)

$

(211

)

Prior service cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of net gain

 

(102

)

(104

)

(88

)

 

 

 

(13

)

Amortization of prior service cost

 

(9

)

(9

)

(9

)

 

 

 

 

Amortization of transition obligation

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

(28

)

(28

)

 

 

2,418

 

141

 

519

 

 

108

 

(50

)

(252

)

Deferred taxes

 

(960

)

(56

)

(206

)

 

(43

)

20

 

100

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

 

1,458

 

85

 

313

 

 

65

 

(30

)

(152

)

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income

 

$

2,210

 

$

720

 

$

693

 

 

$

259

 

$

156

 

$

110

 

 

 

Page -61-


Table of Contents

 

 

The estimated net loss, transition obligation and prior service costs for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $248,000, $0 and $10,000, respectively. The estimated net loss and unrecognized net transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is $2,000 and $28,000, respectively.

 

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return

 

The expected long-term rate-of-return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of return over the past 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods were determined and subsequently adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

 

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

SERP Benefits

 

At December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

4.53

%

5.58

%

5.89

%

3.13

%

3.87

%

4.31

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.00

 

3.50

 

4.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

5.58

%

5.89

%

6.00

%

3.87

%

4.31

%

4.00

%

Rate of compensation increase

 

3.50

 

4.00

 

4.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

5.00

 

Expected long-term rate of return

 

7.00

 

7.50

 

7.50

 

 

 

 

 

Plan Assets

 

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan.  The Plan Assets are overseen by a Committee comprised of management, who meet quarterly, and set the investment policy guidelines.

 

The Plan’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of approximately 97% of investments for long-term growth and 3% for near-term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers.

 

Cash equivalents consist primarily of short term investment funds.

 

Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds.

 

Fixed income securities include corporate bonds, government issues, mortgage backed securities, high yield securities and mutual funds.

 

The weighted average expected long term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by ASOP No. 27 for the real and nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The following assumptions were used in determining the long-term rate-of-return:

 

The long term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and long term U.S. government bonds from 1926 to 2009 representing cumulative returns of 9.4% and 5.6%, respectively. These returns were considered along with the target allocations of asset categories.

 

 

Page -62-

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Effective August 30, 2011, the Plan revised its investment guidelines. Except for pooled vehicles and mutual funds, which are governed by the prospectus and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from purchasing the following investments:

 

·                  Purchases of letter stock, private placements, or direct payments

 

·                  Purchases of securities not readily marketable

 

·                  Pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized

 

·                  Purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage

 

·                  Investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries.(excluding money market funds)

 

·                  Purchases of Bridge Bancorp stock

 

 

The target allocations for Plan assets are shown in the table below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected

 

 

 

Target

 

Percentage of Plan Assets

 

Long-term

 

 

 

Allocation

 

at December 31,

 

Rate of

 

 

 

2012

 

2011

 

2010

 

Return

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset Category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash equivalents

 

0 - 5

%

21.6

%

11.2

%

 

Equity securities

 

45 - 65

%

43.1

%

48.2

%

4.7

%

Fixed income securities

 

35 - 55

%

35.3

%

40.6

%

2.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

7.5

%

 

Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Investments valued using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) are classified as level 2 if the System can redeem its investment with the investee at the NAV at the measurement date. If the System can never redeem the investment with the investee at the NAV, it is considered a level 3. If the System can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the System’s assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset.

 

 

Page -63-


Table of Contents

 

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices In

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

2,563

 

$

2,563

 

 

 

 

 

Short term investment funds

 

336

 

 

$

336

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

2,899

 

2,563

 

336

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Large cap

 

3,388

 

3,388

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Mid cap

 

326

 

326

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Small cap

 

326

 

326

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

1,739

 

1,739

 

 

 

 

 

Total equities

 

5,779

 

5,779

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government issues

 

1,589

 

 

 

1,589

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,078

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

High yield bonds and bond funds

 

2,058

 

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

Other fixed income securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income securities

 

4,725

 

 

 

4,725

 

 

 

Total Plan Assets

 

$

13,403

 

$

8,342

 

$

5,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices In

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short term investment funds

 

$

1,220

 

 

 

$

1,220

 

 

 

Foreign currencies

 

24

 

$

24

 

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

 

1,244

 

24

 

1,220

 

 

 

Equities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Large cap

 

3,088

 

3,088

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Mid cap

 

315

 

315

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Small cap

 

23

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

International

 

1,916

 

1,916

 

 

 

 

 

Total equities

 

5,342

 

5,342

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed income securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

1,028

 

 

 

1,028

 

 

 

Government issues

 

3,168

 

 

 

3,168

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

241

 

 

 

241

 

 

 

Other fixed income securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed income securities

 

4,437

 

 

 

4,437

 

 

 

Total Plan Assets

 

$

11,023

 

$

5,366

 

$

5,657

 

 

 

 

 

Page -64-


Table of Contents

 

 

The Company expects to contribute $1.2 million to the pension plan during 2012.

 

Estimated Future Payments

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid as follows:

 

Year

 

Pension and SERP Payments

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2012

 

$

358

 

2013

 

373

 

2014

 

391

 

2015

 

411

 

2016

 

447

 

Following 5 years

 

3,346

 

 

b) 401(k) Plan

 

A savings plan is maintained under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and covers substantially all current employees. Newly hired employees can elect to participate in the savings plan after completing six months of service. Under the provisions of the savings plan, employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank with cash contributions. Participants can invest their account balances into several investment alternatives. The savings plan does not allow for investment in the Company’s common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the Bank made cash contributions of $253,000, $243,000, and $181,000 respectively.

 

c) Equity Incentive Plan

 

During 2006, the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) was approved by the shareholders to provide for the grant of options to purchase shares of common stock of the Company and for the award of shares of restricted stock. The plan supersedes the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan that was approved in 1996 and amended in 2001. Of the total 620,000 shares of common stock approved for issuance under the Plan, 296,223 shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2011.

 

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines options awarded under the Plan. The Company accounts for this Plan under FASB ASC No. 718 and 505.

 

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No new grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2011 follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Number
of
Options

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2010

 

56,375

 

$

25.06

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(2,152

)

$

25.26

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2011

 

54,223

 

$

25.05

 

4.32 years

 

$

9

 

Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2011

 

54,223

 

$

25.05

 

4.32 years

 

$

9

 

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number
of
Options

 

Exercise
Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,100

 

$

15.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,359

 

$

24.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,436

 

$

25.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

$

26.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,328

 

$

30.60

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Page -65-


Table of Contents

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2011 is the same because all options are currently vested.

 

A summary of activity related to the stock options follows:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

 

$

 

$

16

 

$

29

 

Cash received from options exercised

 

 

17

 

34

 

Tax benefit realized from option exercises

 

 

6

 

13

 

Weighted average fair value of options granted

 

 

 

 

 

There was no compensation expense attributable to stock options in 2011 because all stock options were vested. Compensation expense attributable to stock options was $41,000 and $42,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s shares of unvested restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2011 follows:

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Unvested, December 31, 2010

 

181,588

 

$

21.96

 

Granted

 

68,588

 

$

20.63

 

Vested

 

(37,401

)

$

21.79

 

Forfeited

 

(1,404

)

$

22.14

 

Unvested, December 31, 2011

 

211,371

 

$

21.56

 

 

The Company’s Equity Incentive Plan also provides for issuance of restricted stock awards. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 68,588 shares. Of the 68,588 shares granted, 5,000 shares vest ratably over three years, 44,588 shares vest over approximately five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 19,000 shares vest over approximately 7 years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 43,850 shares. Of the 43,850 shares granted, 29,420 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five and 10,000 shares vest over approximately 7 years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven. The remaining 4,430 vest ratably over approximately five years. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 58,792 shares. Of the 58,792 shares granted, 33,892 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five. The remaining 24,900 vest ratably over five years beginning in December 2009. Such shares are subject to restrictions based on continued service as employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Compensation expense attributable to these awards was approximately $909,000, $728,000 and $656,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $623,000, $280,000 and $125,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2011, there was $3,219,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested restricted stock awards granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.9 years.

 

In April 2009, the Company adopted a Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. Under the Plan, independent directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer fee in the form of restricted stock units. In addition, Directors receive a non-election retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no voting rights. In connection with this Plan, the Company recorded expenses of approximately $138,000, $112,000 and $52,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

FASB ASC 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”).  The restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted by the Company contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends and therefore are considered participating securities.  The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities. Prior period EPS figures have been presented in accordance with this accounting guidance.

 

 

Page -66-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of earnings per share for December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities

 

(299

)

(243

)

(175

)

Income attributable to common stock

 

$

10,060

 

$

8,923

 

$

8,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities

 

6,712

 

6,308

 

6,224

 

Less: weighted average participating securities

 

(193

)

(170

)

(127

)

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

6,519

 

6,138

 

6,097

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income attributable to common stock

 

$

10,060

 

$

8,923

 

$

8,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

6,519

 

6,138

 

6,097

 

Weighted average common equivalent shares outstanding

 

1

 

1

 

4

 

Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding

 

6,520

 

6,139

 

6,101

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.45

 

$

1.41

 

 

There were 52,123 options outstanding at December 31, 2011 that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of common stock and were, therefore, antidilutive. The $16.0 million in convertible trust preferred securities outstanding at December 31, 2011, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed conversion of the trust preferred securities was antidilutive.

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as claims and legal actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. No material losses are anticipated as a result of these commitments and contingencies.

 

a) Leases

 

At December 31, 2011, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases for its premises. Projected minimum rentals under existing leases are as follows:

 

Year

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

2012

 

$

1,207

 

2013

 

1,198

 

2014

 

1,209

 

2015

 

966

 

2016

 

685

 

Thereafter

 

2,274

 

Total minimum rentals

 

$

7,539

 

 

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses which are reflected in the amounts listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for additional payments based upon real estate taxes, interest and other charges. Certain leases contain renewal options which are not reflected. Rental expenses under leases for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 approximated $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $883,000, respectively.

 

b) Loan commitments

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

 

 

Page -67-


Table of Contents

 

 

The following represents commitments outstanding:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$

3,130

 

$

1,682

 

Loan commitments outstanding (1) 

 

45,841

 

46,462

 

Unused lines of credit

 

155,209

 

112,781

 

Total commitments outstanding

 

$

204,180

 

$

160,925

 

 

(1) Of the $45.8 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2011, $5.8 million are fixed rate commitments and $40.0 million are variable rate commitments.

 

c) Other

 

During 2011, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for reserve and clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2011 was $1.0 million. During 2011, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York offered higher interest rates on overnight deposits compared to our correspondent banks. Therefore the Bank invested overnight with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the average balance maintained during 2011 was $48.0 million.

 

During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Bank maintained an overnight line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”). The Bank has the ability to borrow against its unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages and investment securities owned by the Bank. At December 31, 2011, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $227.0 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short-term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $207.0 million is available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2011, the Bank did not have such borrowings outstanding.

 

In March 2001, the Bank entered into a Master Repurchase Agreement with the FHLB whereby the FHLB agrees to purchase securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the Bank at a future date. Securities are limited, under the agreement, to government securities, securities issued, guaranteed or collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA and AAA rated mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2011, there was $401.2 million available for transactions under this agreement.

 

The Bank had $16.9 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase outstanding as of December 31, 2011 (See Note 6).

 

12. FAIR VALUE

 

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC 820-10 also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The fair value of securities available for sale is determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges (Level 1 inputs) or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs).

 

 

Page -68-


Table of Contents

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prices In

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

131,674

 

 

 

$

131,674

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

54,219

 

 

 

54,219

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

70,984

 

 

 

70,984

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

179,325

 

 

 

179,325

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Commercial collateralized mortgage obligations

 

5,237

 

 

 

5,237

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

441,439

 

 

 

$

441,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prices In

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Active

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Markets for

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Identical

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. GSE securities

 

$

41,333

 

 

 

$

41,333

 

 

 

State and municipal obligations

 

48,065

 

 

 

48,065

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

80,171

 

 

 

80,171

 

 

 

U.S. GSE Residential collateralized mortgage obligations

 

153,970

 

 

 

153,970

 

 

 

Total available for sale

 

$

323,539

 

 

 

$

323,539

 

 

 

 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. Such estimates are generally subjective in nature and dependent upon a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Bank’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

 

 

Page -69-


Table of Contents

 

 

Assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2011 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices In

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

1,868   

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,868  

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

2,300   

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,300  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010 Using:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quoted Prices In

 

Other

 

Significant

 

 

 

 

 

Active Markets for

 

Observable

 

Unobservable

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Identical Assets

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

 

 

Value

 

(Level 1)

 

(Level 2)

 

(Level 3)

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

 

$

693   

 

 

 

 

 

$

693  

 

 

For impaired loans, the Company evaluates the fair value of the loan in accordance with current accounting guidance.  For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based upon recent appraised values. The fair value of the loan is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific reserve is required. These methods of fair value measurement for impaired loans are considered level 3 within the fair value hierarchy described in current accounting guidance. Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2011, had a carrying amount of $1.9 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $2.1 million, net of a valuation allowance of $0.2 million. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $0.2 million that is included in the amount reported on the income statement. Impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2010, had a carrying amount of $693,000, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $700,000, net of a valuation allowance of $7,000. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $7,000 that is included in the amount reported on the income statement.  Charge-offs of $0.9 million were incurred on loans transferred to loans held for sale at December 31, 2011.  No loans were transferred to loans held for sale in 2010.

 

The Company used the following method and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

Cash and Due from Banks and Federal Funds Sold: Carrying amounts approximate fair value, since these instruments are either payable on demand or have short-term maturities.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: The estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally recognized securities exchanges or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.

 

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

 

Loans: The estimated fair values of real estate mortgage loans and other loans receivable are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use available market benchmarks when establishing discount factors for the types of loans. All nonaccrual loans are carried at their current fair value. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans (with resets of one year or less), which would be discounted straight to their rate index plus or minus an appropriate spread.

 

Deposits: The estimated fair value of certificates of deposits are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificates of deposits maturities. Stated value is fair value for all other deposits.

 

Borrowed Funds: The estimated fair value of borrowed funds are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities.

 

 

Page -70-


Table of Contents

 

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items taking into consideration the convertible features of the debentures into common stock of the Company.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Liabilities: The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments to extend credit is estimated using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 

The estimated fair values and recorded carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

(In thousands)

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

25,921

 

$

25,921

 

$

21,598

 

$

21,598

 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

53,625

 

53,625

 

1,320

 

1,320

 

Securities available for sale

 

441,439

 

441,439

 

323,539

 

323,539

 

Securities restricted

 

1,660

 

n/a

 

1,284

 

n/a

 

Securities held to maturity

 

169,153

 

170,952

 

147,965

 

148,144

 

Loans, net (including loans held for sale)

 

603,606

 

632,616

 

495,563

 

513,344

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

4,940

 

4,940

 

4,153

 

4,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand and other deposits

 

1,188,185

 

1,190,080

 

916,993

 

917,786

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

 

 

5,000

 

5,000

 

Repurchase agreements

 

16,897

 

17,990

 

16,370

 

17,383

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

16,002

 

16,915

 

16,002

 

14,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

319

 

319

 

433

 

433

 

 

13. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes as of December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements. Since 2009, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised capital through the following initiatives:

 

·                  In April 2009, the Company implemented a Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“DRP Plan”) and filed a registration statement on Form S-3 to register 600,000 shares of common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to the DRP Plan. In April 2010, the Company increased the discount from 3% to 5%, and raised the quarterly optional cash purchase amount to $50,000 under the DRP Plan. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock related to the DRP Plan for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $4.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Since the inception of the DRP Plan in April 2009 through December 31, 2011, the Company has issued 307,912 shares of common stock and raised $6.3 million in capital.

·                  In June 2009, the Company filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 to register up to $50 million of securities with the SEC.

·                  In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (the “TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II. The Debentures may be included in Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

·                  On May 27, 2011, the Company issued 273,479 shares of common stock increasing capital by $5.8 million in connection

 

 

Page -71-


Table of Contents

 

 

with the acquisition of Hamptons State Bank.

·                  In November 2011, the Company filed a prospectus supplement under which it may from time to time sell up to $10.0 million of its common stock pursuant to an at-the-market equity offering program. During 2011 the Company issued 30,220 shares of common stock and raised $0.6 million in capital under this program.

·                  On December 20, 2011, the Company raised $22.9 million in capital, net of offering costs, from the sale of 1,377,000 shares of common stock to selected institutional and other private investors in a registered direct offering.

 

As of December 31, 2011, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Consolidated)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2011

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

128,226

 

16.2

%

$

63,228

 

8.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

118,334

 

15.0

%

31,614

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

118,334

 

9.3

%

51,010

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

88,006

 

13.7

%

$

51,504

 

8.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

79,953

 

12.4

%

25,752

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

79,953

 

7.9

%

40,667

 

4.0

%

n/a

 

n/a

 

 

 

 

 

Bridgehampton National Bank

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2011

 

(Dollars In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

115,383

 

14.6

%

$

63,213

 

8.0

%

$

79,016

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

105,494

 

13.4

%

31,606

 

4.0

%

47,410

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

105,494

 

8.3

%

51,001

 

4.0

%

63,751

 

5.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Total Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

$

85,514

 

13.3

%

$

51,444

 

8.0

%

$

64,304

 

10.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to risk weighted assets)

 

77,470

 

12.1

%

25,722

 

4.0

%

38,583

 

6.0

%

Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)

 

77,470

 

7.6

%

40,639

 

4.0

%

50,799

 

5.0

%

 

 

Page -72-


Table of Contents

 

 

14. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

13,002

 

$

3,356

 

 

 

Other assets

 

192

 

750

 

 

 

Investment in the Bank

 

110,028

 

79,118

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

123,222

 

$

83,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$

16,002

 

$

16,002

 

 

 

Dividends payable

 

 

1,467

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

233

 

35

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

16,235

 

17,504

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Stockholders’ Equity

 

106,987

 

65,720

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

123,222

 

$

83,224

 

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends from the Bank

 

$

 

$

1,700

 

$

4,500

 

Interest expense

 

1,366

 

1,365

 

190

 

Non interest expense

 

69

 

43

 

34

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(1,435

)

292

 

4,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

(445

)

(431

)

(69

)

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(990

)

723

 

4,345

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

11,349

 

8,443

 

4,418

 

Net income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

 

 

Page -73-


Table of Contents

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

10,359

 

$

9,166

 

$

8,763

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank

 

(11,349

)

(8,443

)

(4,418

)

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

558

 

(450

)

(217

)

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

 

198

 

(6

)

1

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

(234

)

267

 

4,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in the Bank

 

(12,000

)

 

(11,500

)

Cash in lieu of fractional shares for business acquisition

 

(3

)

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(12,003

)

 

 

 

(11,500

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of junior subordinated debentures

 

 

 

16,002

 

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

28,088

 

1,395

 

255

 

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

17

 

34

 

Repurchase of surrendered stock from exercise of stock options and vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of restricted stock awards

 

(128

)

(37

)

(35

)

Excess tax (expense) benefit from share based compensation

 

(16

)

11

 

12

 

Cash dividends paid

 

(6,061

)

(5,787

)

(5,716

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

21,883

 

(4,401

)

10,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

9,646

 

(4,134

)

3,181

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

3,356

 

7,490

 

4,309

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

13,002

 

$

3,356

 

$

7,490

 

 

15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2011

 

2010

 

2009

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities

 

$

3,758

 

$

(1,518

)

$

4,085

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in income

 

(135

)

(1,303

)

(529

)

Income tax effect

 

1,438

 

1,121

 

(1,724

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

 

2,185

 

(1,700

)

1,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in post-retirement obligation

 

(2,527

)

(91

)

(267

)

Income tax effect

 

1,003

 

36

 

106

 

Net change in post-retirement obligation

 

(1,524

)

(55

)

(161

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

661

 

$

(1,755

)

$

1,671

 

 

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income balances, net of income tax:

 

 

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2010

 

Current
Period
Change

 

Balance as of
December 31,
2011

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities

 

$

3,549

 

$

2,185

 

$

5,734

 

Unrealized gains (loss) on pension benefits

 

(1,782

)

(1,524

)

(3,306

)

Total

 

$

1,767

 

$

661

 

$

2,428

 

 

 

Page -74-


Table of Contents

 

 

16.  BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

On February 8, 2011, the Company announced a definitive merger agreement under which the Bank would acquire Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”). The HSB transaction closed on May 27, 2011 resulting in the addition of total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $68.9 million, with loans of $38.9 million, investment securities of $24.2 million and deposits of $56.9 million. The transaction augments the Bank’s franchise in eastern Long Island and the combined entity serves customers through a network of 20 branches. Under the terms of the Agreement, each share of Hamptons State Bank common stock was converted into 0.3434 shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company issued approximately 273,500 shares, with an aggregate value of $5.85 million and recorded goodwill of $2.03 million which is not tax deductible for tax purposes.

 

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value.  The operating results of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011, include the operating results of HSB since the acquisition date of May 27, 2011.

 

The following summarizes the preliminary fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on May 27, 2011:

 

(In thousands)

 

As Initially
Reported

 

Measurement
Period
Adjustments

 

As Adjusted

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

585

 

$

 

$

585

 

Interest earning deposits with banks

 

1,727

 

 

1,727

 

Securities

 

24,159

 

 

24,159

 

Loans

 

39,051

 

(137

)

38,914

 

Premises and equipment

 

300

 

 

300

 

Core deposit intangible

 

358

 

 

358

 

Other assets

 

2,781

 

54

 

2,835

 

Total Assets Acquired

 

$

68,961

 

$

(83

)

$

68,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

56,940

 

$

 

$

56,940

 

Federal funds purchased and Federal Home Loan Bank overnight borrowings

 

2,000

 

 

2,000

 

Federal Home Loan Bank term advances

 

5,016

 

 

5,016

 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

 

1,103

 

 

1,103

 

Total Liabilities Assumed

 

$

65,059

 

$

 

$

65,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Assets Acquired

 

$

3,902

 

$

(83

)

$

3,819

 

Consideration Paid

 

5,853

 

 

5,853

 

Goodwill Recorded on Acquisition

 

$

1,951

 

$

83

 

$

2,034

 

 

The above fair values are finalized with the exception of purchased credit impaired loans which are subject to refinement for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition as new information relative to closing date fair values become available.

 

17. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

 

2011 Quarter Ended,

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

11,596

 

$

12,333

 

$

13,471

 

$

13,026

 

Interest expense

 

1,812

 

1,872

 

1,949

 

1,983

 

Net interest income

 

9,784

 

10,461

 

11,522

 

11,043

 

Provision for loan losses

 

700

 

900

 

1,450

 

850

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

9,084

 

9,561

 

10,072

 

10,193

 

Non interest income

 

1,454

 

1,825

 

1,766

 

1,904

 

Non interest expenses

 

7,408

 

7,784

 

7,824

 

7,821

 

Income before income taxes

 

3,130

 

3,602

 

4,014

 

4,276

 

Income tax expense

 

970

 

1,126

 

1,241

 

1,326

 

Net income

 

$

2,160

 

$

2,476

 

$

2,773

 

$

2,950

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.42

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

Page -75-


Table of Contents

 

 

2010 Quarter Ended,

 

March 31,

 

June 30,

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

10,798

 

$

10,957

 

$

11,377

 

$

11,767

 

Interest expense

 

1,967

 

2,003

 

1,937

 

1,833

 

Net interest income

 

8,831

 

8,954

 

9,440

 

9,934

 

Provision for loan losses

 

1,300

 

700

 

600

 

900

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

7,531

 

8,254

 

8,840

 

9,034

 

Non interest income

 

2,202

 

2,029

 

1,673

 

1,529

 

Non interest expenses

 

6,601

 

6,999

 

7,057

 

7,222

 

Income before income taxes

 

3,132

 

3,284

 

3,456

 

3,341

 

Income tax expense

 

1,002

 

1,035

 

1,074

 

936

 

Net income

 

$

2,130

 

$

2,249

 

$

2,382

 

$

2,405

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.38

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

0.34

 

$

0.36

 

$

0.38

 

$

0.38

 

 

 

Page -76-


Table of Contents

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Audit Committee
Board of Directors
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
Bridgehampton, New York

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. We also have audited Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Bridge Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

 

GRAPHIC

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

New York, New York
March 12, 2012

 

 

Page -77-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2011. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Report By Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements that are included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an audit report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The audit report of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2011, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

None.

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

“Item 1 – Election of Directors,” “Compliance with Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act,” and “Code of Ethics” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

“Compensation of Directors,” “Compensation of Executive Officers,” “Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Employment Contracts and Severance Agreements” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

Page -78-


Table of Contents

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

“Beneficial Ownership” and “Item 1 – Election of Directors”, set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2011, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been approved by stockholders.

 

Equity Compensation
Plan approved by
Stockholders

 

Number of securities to
be Issued upon
Exercise
of outstanding options
and awards

 

Weighted Average
Exercise Price with
respect to
Outstanding
Stock Options

 

Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for
Issuance under the Plan

 

1996 Equity Incentive Plan

 

12,787

 

$

24.40

 

 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

 

268,503

 

$

25.25

 

296,223

 

Total

 

281,290

 

$

25.05

 

296,223

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

“Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, and “Director Nominations” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

“Item 2 - Ratification of the Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” “Fees Paid to Crowe Horwath,” and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-approval of Audit and Non-audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2012, is incorporated herein by reference.

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto, and financial schedules of the Company, required in response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8.

 

 

1.

Financial Statements

Page No.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

34

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

35

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

36

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

37

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

38

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

77

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

 

3.

Exhibits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Index of Exhibits on page 81.

 

 

 

Page -79-


Table of Contents

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

 

 

Registrant

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Howard H. Nolan

 

 

Howard H. Nolan

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Sarah K. Quinn

 

 

Sarah K. Quinn

 

 

Vice President, Controller and Principal

 

 

Accounting Officer

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Marcia Z. Hefter

       ,Director

 

Marcia Z. Hefter

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Dennis A. Suskind

       ,Director

 

Dennis A. Suskind

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor

       ,Director

 

Kevin M. O’Connor

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Emanuel Arturi

       ,Director

 

Emanuel Arturi

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Antonia M. Donohue

       ,Director

 

Antonia M. Donohue

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Charles I. Massoud

       ,Director

 

Charles I. Massoud

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr.

       ,Director

 

Albert E. McCoy Jr.

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Howard H. Nolan

       ,Director

 

Howard H. Nolan

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Rudolph J. Santoro

       ,Director

 

Rudolph J. Santoro

 

 

 

 

March 13, 2012

/s/ Thomas J. Tobin

       ,Director

 

Thomas J. Tobin

 

 

 

Page -80-


Table of Contents

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger and among Bridge Bancorp, Inc., The Bridgehampton National Bank and Hamptons State Bank (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed February 10, 2011)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s amended Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.1(i)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.1(ii)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed November 18, 2008)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Revised By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed December 17, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Contract - Thomas J. Tobin (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 12, 2009)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 9, 2007)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form S-8, File No. 0-18546, filed August 14, 2006)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008)

 

*

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and U.S.C. Section 1350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 13, 2012, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. (1)

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document (1)

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document (1)

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document (1)

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document (1)

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1)

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document (1)

 

 

 

(1)                                 Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

*                                         Denotes incorporated by reference.

 

 

Page -81-